1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
212 pt type, left justified, 5
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
243 \begin_layout Standard
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
257 the format of all of the manuals.
258 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
259 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 \begin_layout Section
280 \begin_layout Standard
281 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
283 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
284 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
286 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
305 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
310 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
311 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
313 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
314 only a vertical scrollbar.
315 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
316 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
317 This, however, is due
318 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
319 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
320 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
321 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
323 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
324 this doesn't work for equations yet.
327 \begin_layout Standard
328 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
336 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
341 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
342 ing sections of this documentation.
345 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_layout Standard
350 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
355 of the manuals from inside LyX.
356 Just select the manual you want read from the
363 \begin_layout Section
365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
367 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
374 \begin_layout Standard
375 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
376 without resorting to configuration files.
377 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
378 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
379 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
394 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
395 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
396 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
397 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
399 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
407 Reconfiguration of LyX
412 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
415 \begin_layout Section
417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
419 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
426 \begin_layout Standard
427 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
428 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
451 that will be created when using the menu
453 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
472 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
473 \begin_inset Note Note
476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
477 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
485 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
486 More about TeX Code is described in section
491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
493 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
497 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
504 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
518 Reconfiguration of LyX
526 \begin_layout Chapter
530 \begin_layout Section
531 Basic File Operations
535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
544 \begin_layout Standard
549 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
550 in addition to some more advanced operations:
553 \begin_layout Itemize
557 \begin_inset Graphics
558 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
559 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
566 \begin_layout Itemize
584 \begin_layout Itemize
590 \begin_inset Graphics
591 filename ../images/file-open.png
592 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
599 \begin_layout Itemize
605 \begin_layout Itemize
611 \begin_inset Graphics
612 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
613 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
620 \begin_layout Itemize
630 \begin_layout Itemize
644 \begin_layout Itemize
654 \begin_layout Itemize
660 \begin_layout Itemize
666 \begin_layout Itemize
672 \begin_inset Graphics
673 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
674 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
681 \begin_layout Itemize
687 \begin_layout Standard
688 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
689 a few minor differences.
692 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
707 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
708 you for a template to use.
709 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
710 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
711 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
719 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
726 \begin_layout Standard
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
751 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
752 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
755 \begin_layout Standard
776 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
781 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
806 will reload the document from disk.
807 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
808 and want to restore it to the last save.
817 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
818 can identify this as your changes.
821 \begin_layout Section
822 Basic Editing Features
826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
833 \begin_inset CommandInset label
835 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
842 \begin_layout Standard
843 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
844 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
845 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
846 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
848 We'll start with cut and paste.
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 As you might expect, the
856 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
857 various other editing features.
858 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
862 \begin_layout Itemize
868 \begin_inset Graphics
869 filename ../images/cut.png
870 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
877 \begin_layout Itemize
883 \begin_inset Graphics
884 filename ../images/copy.png
885 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
892 \begin_layout Itemize
898 \begin_inset Graphics
899 filename ../images/paste.png
900 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
907 \begin_layout Itemize
917 \begin_layout Itemize
927 \begin_layout Itemize
941 \begin_inset Graphics
942 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
943 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
951 \begin_layout Standard
952 The first three are self-explanatory.
953 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
954 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
963 keys also functions as the
968 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
969 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
974 to get back the lost text.
977 \begin_layout Standard
981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
987 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
996 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
999 \begin_layout Standard
1002 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1004 \begin_inset space ~
1007 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1009 \begin_inset space ~
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1018 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1024 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1028 \begin_inset space ~
1033 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1034 will start a new paragraph.
1037 \begin_layout Standard
1041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1059 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1061 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1073 \begin_inset space ~
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1083 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1088 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1091 \begin_inset space ~
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1105 button to skip the current word.
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1125 If the toggle is set, searching for
1126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1137 will not match the word
1138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1152 Match whole words only
1154 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1182 \begin_layout Standard
1183 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1184 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1186 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1191 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1198 \begin_layout Section
1203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1222 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1229 \begin_layout Standard
1230 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1231 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1234 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1237 or the toolbar button
1238 \begin_inset Graphics
1239 filename ../images/undo.png
1240 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1244 to undo some mistake.
1245 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1247 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1250 or the toolbar button
1251 \begin_inset Graphics
1252 filename ../images/redo.png
1253 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1265 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1269 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1272 \begin_layout Standard
1273 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1274 it was last saved, the
1275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1282 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1283 This is a consequence of the 100
1284 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1287 step undo limit, above.
1290 \begin_layout Standard
1299 work on almost everything in LyX.
1300 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1304 \begin_layout Section
1309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1318 \begin_layout Standard
1319 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1322 \begin_layout Enumerate
1327 \begin_layout Itemize
1332 once anywhere in the edit window.
1333 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1337 \begin_layout Enumerate
1342 \begin_layout Itemize
1348 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1351 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1354 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1357 \begin_layout Itemize
1358 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1360 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1367 \begin_layout Enumerate
1368 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1372 \begin_layout Standard
1377 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1378 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1379 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1383 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 \begin_layout Standard
1393 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1398 \begin_layout Section
1400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1402 name "sec:Navigating"
1410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1419 \begin_layout Standard
1420 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1423 \begin_layout Itemize
1428 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1429 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1432 \begin_layout Itemize
1435 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1438 or the toolbar button
1439 \begin_inset Graphics
1440 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1441 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1448 \begin_layout Standard
1449 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1450 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1451 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1457 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1462 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1463 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1464 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1465 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1466 to the document, see
1467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1469 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1476 \begin_layout Standard
1478 \begin_inset space \space{}
1482 \begin_inset Graphics
1483 filename ../images/down.png
1484 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1489 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1494 \begin_inset space \space{}
1498 \begin_inset Graphics
1499 filename ../images/up.png
1500 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1505 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1509 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1511 So you can for example move section
1512 \begin_inset space ~
1516 \begin_inset space ~
1520 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1522 \begin_inset Graphics
1523 filename ../images/promote.png
1524 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1529 \begin_inset Graphics
1530 filename ../images/demote.png
1531 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1535 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1536 So you can for example make section
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1541 \begin_inset space ~
1545 \begin_inset space ~
1551 \begin_layout Section
1556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1629 \begin_layout Standard
1630 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1631 LyX's default is CUA.
1634 \begin_layout Standard
1638 \begin_inset space ~
1646 \begin_inset space ~
1667 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1671 \begin_layout Labeling
1672 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1676 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1677 LatexCommand nomenclature
1679 description "Tabulator key"
1685 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1686 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1687 \begin_inset space ~
1691 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1693 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1700 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1704 , especially section
1705 \begin_inset space ~
1709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1711 reference "sub:Lists"
1717 If you're still confused, look in the
1724 \begin_layout Labeling
1725 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1729 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1730 LatexCommand nomenclature
1732 description "Escape key"
1739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1746 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1747 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1750 \begin_layout Labeling
1751 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1757 \begin_inset space ~
1761 \begin_inset space ~
1768 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1769 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1773 \begin_layout Standard
1774 There are three modifier keys:
1777 \begin_layout Labeling
1778 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1796 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1797 LatexCommand nomenclature
1799 description "Control key"
1803 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1804 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1808 \begin_layout Itemize
1817 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1820 \begin_layout Itemize
1829 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1832 \begin_layout Itemize
1841 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1845 \begin_layout Labeling
1846 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1864 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1865 LatexCommand nomenclature
1867 description "Shift key"
1871 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1872 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1875 \begin_layout Labeling
1876 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1894 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1895 LatexCommand nomenclature
1897 description "Meta or Alt key"
1901 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1902 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1903 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1909 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1911 menu accelerator keys
1914 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1915 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1919 \begin_layout Standard
1920 For example, the sequence
1921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1927 \begin_inset space ~
1931 \begin_inset space ~
1937 \begin_inset space ~
1945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1968 \begin_inset space ~
1974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1984 \begin_layout Standard
1985 There are also other things bound to the
1989 key, but you'll have to check in the
2001 \begin_layout Standard
2002 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2003 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2004 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2005 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2006 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2007 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2008 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2009 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2025 followed by a capital
2031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2049 \begin_layout Standard
2050 You can list or change the keybindings in the LyX preferences under
2052 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2056 The preferences are opened with the menu
2058 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2064 \begin_layout Chapter
2069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2078 \begin_layout Section
2083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2092 \begin_layout Subsection
2096 \begin_layout Standard
2097 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2098 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2099 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2100 numbering schemes, and so on.
2101 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2102 and format the title of your document differently.
2105 \begin_layout Standard
2110 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2111 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2112 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2113 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2114 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2117 \begin_layout Standard
2118 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2119 how to adjust their properties.
2122 \begin_layout Subsection
2127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2136 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2143 \begin_layout Standard
2144 You can select a class using the
2146 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2160 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2164 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2168 \begin_layout Standard
2169 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2173 \begin_layout Description
2174 Article for basic articles
2177 \begin_layout Description
2178 Report for basic reports
2181 \begin_layout Description
2182 Book for writing a book
2185 \begin_layout Description
2186 Letter for US-style letters
2189 \begin_layout Standard
2190 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2192 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2193 can be found in chapter
2195 Special Document Classes
2204 \begin_layout Description
2205 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2208 \begin_layout Description
2215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2224 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2228 \begin_layout Description
2229 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2230 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2231 There are three article layouts available.
2232 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2233 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2234 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2235 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2240 sequential numbering
2241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2244 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2245 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2246 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2247 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2250 \begin_layout Description
2251 Beamer Layout for presentations
2254 \begin_layout Description
2255 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2256 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2260 \begin_layout Description
2262 \begin_inset space ~
2265 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2268 \begin_layout Description
2269 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2272 \begin_layout Description
2275 Die TeXnische Komödie
2277 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2280 \begin_layout Description
2281 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2284 \begin_layout Description
2285 Foils Used to make transparencies
2288 \begin_layout Description
2289 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2292 \begin_layout Description
2293 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2294 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2298 \begin_layout Description
2299 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2300 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2303 \begin_layout Description
2304 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2307 \begin_layout Description
2308 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2311 \begin_layout Description
2312 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2313 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2316 \begin_layout Description
2317 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2320 \begin_layout Description
2325 LaTeX document class
2328 \begin_layout Description
2329 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2332 \begin_layout Description
2337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2344 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2345 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2347 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2350 \begin_layout Description
2351 Slides Used to make transparencies
2354 \begin_layout Description
2356 \begin_inset space ~
2359 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2360 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2363 \begin_layout Description
2364 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2367 \begin_layout Description
2372 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2375 \begin_layout Standard
2376 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2378 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2383 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2384 of the document classes.
2387 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2389 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2408 \begin_layout Standard
2409 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2410 in the chosen document class.
2411 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2413 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2414 the corresponding module in the
2420 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2434 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2438 \begin_layout Standard
2439 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2447 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2448 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2456 \begin_layout Standard
2457 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2465 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2473 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2477 \begin_layout Standard
2478 Each class has a default set of options.
2479 Here's a quick table describing them:
2482 \begin_layout Standard
2483 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2489 \begin_layout Standard
2491 \begin_inset Tabular
2492 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2494 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2495 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2496 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2497 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2498 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2952 \begin_layout Standard
2953 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2959 \begin_layout Standard
2960 You're probably also wondering what
2961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2965 \begin_inset space ~
2969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2973 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2974 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2979 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2984 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2994 headings, there are also
3002 headings, and so on.
3003 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3004 \begin_inset space ~
3008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3010 reference "sub:Headings"
3017 \begin_layout Subsection
3022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3029 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3031 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3050 \begin_layout Standard
3051 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3053 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3064 \begin_inset space ~
3069 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3071 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3072 to use for your document.
3073 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3077 \begin_layout Standard
3084 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3090 \begin_inset space ~
3095 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3096 You can choose between the following five options:
3099 \begin_layout Labeling
3100 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3105 Use default page style of current class.
3108 \begin_layout Labeling
3109 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3114 No page numbers or headings.
3117 \begin_layout Labeling
3118 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3126 \begin_layout Labeling
3127 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3132 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3133 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3134 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3137 \begin_layout Labeling
3138 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3143 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3153 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3159 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3160 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3162 Check the documentation for the
3166 package for more details,
3167 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3176 \begin_layout Standard
3181 of paragraphs is described in section
3182 \begin_inset space ~
3186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3188 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3195 \begin_layout Subsection
3196 Paper Size and Orientation
3200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3201 Document ! Paper size
3207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3209 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3216 \begin_layout Standard
3217 You'll find the following options in the menu
3220 \begin_inset space ~
3225 of the dialog of the
3227 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3245 \begin_layout Labeling
3246 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3250 \begin_inset space ~
3255 What size paper to print on.
3259 \begin_layout Itemize
3265 \begin_layout Itemize
3275 \begin_layout Itemize
3281 \begin_layout Itemize
3287 \begin_layout Itemize
3293 \begin_layout Itemize
3299 \begin_layout Itemize
3305 \begin_layout Labeling
3306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3311 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3322 \begin_layout Labeling
3323 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3327 \begin_inset space ~
3332 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3333 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3336 \begin_layout Subsection
3341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3348 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3367 \begin_layout Standard
3368 Paper margins are set in the menu
3370 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3388 \begin_layout Standard
3389 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3390 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3391 the paper format and the font size into account.
3394 \begin_layout Subsection
3398 \begin_layout Standard
3399 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3404 That includes the paragraph environments.
3405 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3406 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3407 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3408 paragraph environments to
3412 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3413 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3414 the conversion and why it failed.
3417 \begin_layout Section
3418 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3423 Paragraph ! Indentation
3431 \begin_layout Subsection
3433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3435 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3442 \begin_layout Standard
3443 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3444 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3447 \begin_layout Standard
3448 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3449 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3450 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3451 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3455 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3461 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3462 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3463 language than English.
3464 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3467 \begin_layout Standard
3468 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3469 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3471 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3472 LyX takes care of that.
3473 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3475 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3476 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3477 of a page, and so on.
3481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3482 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3487 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3488 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3492 of these pre-coded spacings.
3493 We'll explain more later.
3496 \begin_layout Subsection
3497 Paragraph Separation
3501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3502 Paragraph ! Separation
3510 \begin_layout Standard
3511 To separate paragraphs, select
3522 \begin_inset space ~
3529 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3542 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3543 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3544 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3547 \begin_layout Standard
3557 \begin_layout Standard
3558 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3559 \begin_inset space ~
3563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3565 reference "cap:Units"
3570 The default length is 30
3571 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3577 \begin_layout Subsection
3581 \begin_layout Standard
3582 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3585 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3587 \begin_inset space ~
3592 dialog and toggle the
3595 \begin_inset space ~
3600 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3601 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3602 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3606 \begin_layout Standard
3607 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3608 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3611 \begin_layout Subsection
3616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3617 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3625 \begin_layout Standard
3628 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3641 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3644 \begin_inset space ~
3653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3654 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3663 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3668 installed to use this feature.
3676 \begin_layout Section
3677 Paragraph Environments
3681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3682 Paragraph ! Environments
3688 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3690 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3699 Paragraph environments|(
3707 \begin_layout Subsection
3711 \begin_layout Standard
3712 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3715 \begin_layout Standard
3734 \begin_inset Newline newline
3737 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3738 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3739 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3748 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3751 \begin_layout Standard
3752 A paragraph environment is simply a
3753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3760 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3761 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3762 scheme, labels, and so on.
3763 Additionally, you can
3764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3771 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3772 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3773 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3774 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3775 days of typewriters.
3776 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3778 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3781 \begin_layout Standard
3782 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3783 \begin_inset Graphics
3784 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3790 at the left end of the toolbar.
3791 LyX will change the environment of the
3795 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3796 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3797 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3801 \begin_layout Standard
3810 create a new paragraph using the
3814 paragraph environment.
3816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3823 because if you are in one of these environments:
3826 \begin_layout Itemize
3832 \begin_layout Itemize
3838 \begin_layout Itemize
3844 \begin_layout Itemize
3850 \begin_layout Itemize
3856 \begin_layout Itemize
3862 \begin_layout Itemize
3868 \begin_layout Standard
3869 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3873 , rather than resetting it to
3878 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3879 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3880 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3881 \begin_inset space ~
3885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3887 reference "sec:Nesting"
3892 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3897 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3898 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3906 \begin_layout Subsection
3910 \begin_layout Standard
3911 The default paragraph environment is
3916 It creates a plain paragraph.
3917 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3918 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3919 this manual) are in the
3926 \begin_layout Standard
3927 You can nest a paragraph using the
3931 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3939 \begin_layout Subsection
3944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3953 \begin_layout Standard
3954 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3963 for thanks or contact information.
3964 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3965 page along with today's date.
3966 For other types of documents, the title
3967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3974 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3978 \begin_layout Standard
3979 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3993 Here's how you use them:
3996 \begin_layout Itemize
3997 Put the title of your document in the
4004 \begin_layout Itemize
4005 Put the author name in the
4012 \begin_layout Itemize
4013 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4014 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4020 Note that using this environment is optional.
4021 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4022 If you don't want any date, add the line
4023 \begin_inset Newline newline
4033 \begin_inset Newline newline
4036 to the preamble of your document (menu
4038 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4044 \begin_layout Standard
4045 You can use footnotes to insert
4046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4053 or contact informations.
4056 \begin_layout Subsection
4061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4077 \begin_layout Standard
4078 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4079 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4082 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4088 Section headings ! Numbered
4096 \begin_layout Standard
4097 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4101 \begin_layout Enumerate
4107 \begin_layout Enumerate
4113 \begin_layout Enumerate
4119 \begin_layout Enumerate
4125 \begin_layout Enumerate
4131 \begin_layout Enumerate
4137 \begin_layout Enumerate
4143 \begin_layout Standard
4144 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4145 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4146 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4149 \begin_layout Standard
4150 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4151 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4152 You group the book into chapters.
4153 LyX does similar grouping:
4156 \begin_layout Itemize
4161 is divided in either
4170 \begin_layout Itemize
4182 \begin_layout Itemize
4194 \begin_layout Itemize
4206 \begin_layout Itemize
4218 \begin_layout Itemize
4230 \begin_layout Standard
4231 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4239 Not all document types use the
4243 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4248 is the top-level heading.
4256 \begin_layout Standard
4261 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4262 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4264 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4276 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4282 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4290 \begin_layout Standard
4291 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4295 \begin_layout Enumerate
4301 \begin_layout Enumerate
4307 \begin_layout Enumerate
4313 \begin_layout Enumerate
4319 \begin_layout Enumerate
4325 \begin_layout Standard
4327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4334 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4335 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4336 table of contents, see section
4337 \begin_inset space ~
4341 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4350 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4351 Changing the Numbering
4352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4354 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4361 \begin_layout Standard
4362 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4363 in the Table of Contents.
4364 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4366 Certain classes start with
4380 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4390 This is something you can change.
4393 \begin_layout Standard
4396 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4416 \begin_inset space ~
4420 \begin_inset space ~
4425 you'll see two counters.
4430 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4432 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4436 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4437 Short Titles of Headings
4441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4442 Section headings ! Short titles
4451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4458 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4460 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4467 \begin_layout Standard
4468 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4469 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4470 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4471 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4474 \begin_layout Standard
4475 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4476 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4477 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4478 To specify a short title, use the menu
4480 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4482 \begin_inset space ~
4488 This will insert a box labeled
4489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4504 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4505 This also works for captions inside floats.
4508 \begin_layout Standard
4509 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4512 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4516 \begin_layout Standard
4517 The following information applies to all section headings:
4520 \begin_layout Itemize
4521 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4524 \begin_layout Itemize
4525 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4528 \begin_layout Itemize
4529 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4532 \begin_layout Itemize
4533 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4536 \begin_layout Subsection
4537 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4540 \begin_layout Standard
4541 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4555 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4556 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4557 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4558 the text they contain.
4559 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4567 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4570 \begin_layout Standard
4571 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4580 when you start a new paragraph.
4581 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4585 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4586 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4587 to change back to the
4591 environment yourself.
4594 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4604 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4623 \begin_layout Standard
4624 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4625 time for the differences.
4634 are identical except for one difference:
4638 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4647 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4650 \begin_layout Standard
4651 Here's an example of the
4664 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4666 See -- no indentation!
4670 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4671 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4672 the other paragraph.
4675 \begin_layout Standard
4676 Here's another example, this time in the
4683 \begin_layout Quotation
4689 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4690 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4691 the first line, then
4695 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4699 you were quoting other text.
4702 \begin_layout Quotation
4703 Here's a new paragraph.
4704 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4705 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4708 \begin_layout Standard
4709 As the examples show,
4713 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4714 They should put quotes in the
4719 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4723 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4726 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4754 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4763 \begin_layout Standard
4768 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4774 \begin_inset Newline newline
4777 Which I did not rehearse!
4781 It could be much worse.
4782 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4784 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4785 indented a bit more than the first.
4786 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4792 \begin_inset Newline newline
4795 And make things look fine
4796 \begin_inset Newline newline
4806 \begin_layout Standard
4811 does not indent both margins.
4812 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4813 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4824 \begin_layout Subsection
4829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4836 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4845 \begin_layout Standard
4846 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4856 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4865 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4866 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4867 some general features of all four of them.
4870 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4874 \begin_layout Standard
4875 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4877 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4886 reset the environment to
4890 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4891 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
4892 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4897 to break paragraphs.
4900 \begin_layout Standard
4901 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4902 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4904 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4905 you read all of section
4906 \begin_inset space ~
4910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4912 reference "sec:Nesting"
4920 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4936 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4945 \begin_layout Standard
4946 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4950 paragraph environment.
4951 It has the following properties:
4954 \begin_layout Itemize
4955 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4959 \begin_layout Itemize
4960 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4963 \begin_layout Itemize
4964 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4968 \begin_layout Itemize
4969 The items can have any length.
4970 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4971 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4978 \begin_layout Itemize
4983 environment inside another
4987 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4991 \begin_layout Itemize
4992 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4995 \begin_layout Itemize
4996 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4999 \begin_layout Itemize
5001 \begin_inset space ~
5005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5007 reference "sec:Nesting"
5011 for a full explanation of nesting.
5015 \begin_layout Standard
5016 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5025 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5028 \begin_layout Standard
5029 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5030 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5031 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5034 \begin_layout Itemize
5035 The label for the first level
5039 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5043 \begin_layout Itemize
5044 The label for the second level is a dash.
5048 \begin_layout Itemize
5049 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5053 \begin_layout Itemize
5054 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5058 \begin_layout Itemize
5059 Back out to the third level.
5063 \begin_layout Itemize
5064 Back to the second level.
5068 \begin_layout Itemize
5069 Back to the outermost level.
5072 \begin_layout Standard
5073 These are the default labels for an
5078 You can customize these labels in the
5080 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5083 dialog in the submenu
5093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5102 \begin_layout Standard
5103 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5104 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5106 \begin_inset space ~
5110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5112 reference "sec:Nesting"
5119 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5135 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5137 name "sec:Enumerate"
5144 \begin_layout Standard
5149 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5150 It has these properties:
5153 \begin_layout Enumerate
5154 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5158 \begin_layout Enumerate
5159 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5163 \begin_layout Enumerate
5164 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5167 \begin_layout Enumerate
5172 environment resets the counter to one.
5175 \begin_layout Enumerate
5188 \begin_layout Enumerate
5189 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5190 Items can have any length.
5193 \begin_layout Enumerate
5194 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5197 \begin_layout Enumerate
5198 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5201 \begin_layout Enumerate
5202 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5206 \begin_layout Standard
5215 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5216 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5223 \begin_layout Enumerate
5224 The first level of an
5228 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5232 \begin_layout Enumerate
5233 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5237 \begin_layout Enumerate
5238 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5242 \begin_layout Enumerate
5243 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5246 \begin_layout Enumerate
5247 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5252 \begin_layout Enumerate
5253 Back to the third level
5257 \begin_layout Enumerate
5258 Back to the second level.
5262 \begin_layout Enumerate
5263 Back to the outermost level.
5266 \begin_layout Standard
5267 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5272 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5277 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5281 \begin_layout Standard
5282 There is more to nesting
5286 environments than we've stated here.
5287 You should read section
5288 \begin_inset space ~
5292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5294 reference "sec:Nesting"
5298 to learn more about nesting.
5301 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5319 name "sec:Description-List"
5326 \begin_layout Standard
5327 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5331 list has no fixed label.
5332 Instead, LyX uses the first
5333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5340 of the first line as the label.
5344 \begin_layout Description
5345 Example: This is an example of the
5352 \begin_layout Standard
5353 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5357 \begin_layout Standard
5359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5366 it is meant that the first hit of the
5370 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5372 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5383 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5384 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5386 \begin_inset space ~
5392 \begin_inset space ~
5396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5398 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5402 for more info.) Here is an example:
5405 \begin_layout Description
5407 \begin_inset space ~
5410 Example: This one shows how to use a
5413 \begin_inset space ~
5425 \begin_layout Description
5426 Usage: You should use the
5430 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5431 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5433 It's not a good idea to use a
5437 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5438 You're better off using
5450 paragraphs into them.
5453 \begin_layout Description
5454 Nesting: You can nest
5458 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5462 \begin_layout Standard
5463 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5464 them from the first line.
5467 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5492 \begin_layout Standard
5497 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5501 \begin_layout Standard
5510 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5511 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5514 \begin_layout Labeling
5515 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5517 \begin_inset space ~
5520 labels LyX uses the first
5521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5528 of each line as the item label.
5533 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5534 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5535 blank as described above.
5538 \begin_layout Labeling
5539 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5540 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5541 the body of the item text.
5542 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5543 label width plus a little extra space.
5547 \begin_layout Labeling
5548 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5550 \begin_inset space ~
5553 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5555 If the label width is larger, the label
5556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5563 into the first line.
5564 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5565 margin of the rest of the item text.
5568 \begin_layout Labeling
5569 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5571 \begin_inset space ~
5574 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5579 environment have the same left margin.
5580 \begin_inset Newline newline
5583 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5586 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5588 \begin_inset space ~
5597 \begin_inset space ~
5602 determines the default label width.
5603 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5612 multiple times instead.
5613 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5622 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5625 \begin_inset space ~
5630 every time you alter a label in a
5635 \begin_inset Newline newline
5638 The predefined default width is the length of
5639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5648 \begin_inset Newline newline
5652 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5660 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5661 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5669 \begin_layout Standard
5674 environment the same way like the
5678 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5684 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5688 \begin_layout Standard
5693 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5695 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5697 \begin_inset space ~
5701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5703 reference "sec:Nesting"
5707 to learn about nesting.
5710 \begin_layout Standard
5711 There is yet another feature of the
5715 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5717 You can use additional
5721 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5726 are documented in section
5727 \begin_inset space ~
5731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5733 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5738 Here are some examples:
5741 \begin_layout Labeling
5742 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5743 Left The default for
5750 \begin_layout Labeling
5751 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5752 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5759 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5762 \begin_layout Labeling
5763 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5764 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5768 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5775 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5778 \begin_layout Subsection
5783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5792 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5800 \begin_inset space ~
5808 \begin_layout Standard
5809 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5817 \begin_inset space ~
5823 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5824 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5825 In contrast, you can use the
5832 \begin_inset space ~
5837 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5838 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5842 \begin_layout Standard
5843 Of course, you're not limited to using
5850 \begin_inset space ~
5859 \begin_inset space ~
5864 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5865 some European academic papers.
5868 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5870 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5872 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5879 \begin_layout Standard
5884 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5885 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5889 \begin_inset space ~
5894 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5895 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5896 Here's an example of each:
5899 \begin_layout Right Address
5901 \begin_inset Newline newline
5905 \begin_inset Newline newline
5909 \begin_inset Newline newline
5912 When is it? What is today?
5915 \begin_layout Standard
5919 \begin_inset space ~
5925 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5926 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5927 Here's an example of the
5934 \begin_layout Address
5936 \begin_inset Newline newline
5939 Where do I send this
5940 \begin_inset Newline newline
5943 Your post office and country
5946 \begin_layout Standard
5947 As you can see, both
5954 \begin_inset space ~
5959 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5964 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5970 This makes sense, since
5978 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5979 Thus, you have to use
5990 \begin_inset space ~
5993 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5995 \begin_inset space ~
6004 menu) to start a new line in an
6011 \begin_inset space ~
6019 \begin_layout Subsection
6023 \begin_layout Standard
6024 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6025 or list of references.
6026 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6029 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6045 \begin_layout Standard
6050 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6051 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6052 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6053 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6057 in anything else or vice versa.
6063 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6064 The book document classes ignores the
6068 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6072 in a letter document class.
6075 \begin_layout Standard
6080 environment does several things for you.
6081 First, it puts the centered label
6082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6090 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6092 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6093 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6094 the subsequent text.
6095 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6096 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6099 \begin_layout Standard
6100 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6104 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6105 The new paragraph will still be in the
6110 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6111 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6114 \begin_layout Standard
6115 \begin_inset Float figure
6120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6122 \begin_inset Graphics
6123 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6132 \begin_inset Caption
6134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6135 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6137 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6158 \begin_layout Standard
6159 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6163 environment, but since this document is in the
6164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6171 class, we can't do this.
6172 We inserted it therefore as figure
6173 \begin_inset space ~
6177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6179 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6184 If you've never heard of an
6185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6192 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6195 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6211 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6213 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6220 \begin_layout Standard
6225 environment is used to list references.
6226 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6227 only use it at the end of the document.
6232 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6235 \begin_layout Standard
6236 When you first open a
6240 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6256 depending on the document class.
6257 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6258 Each paragraph of the
6262 environment is a bibliography entry.
6267 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6268 Each new paragraph is still in the
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6276 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
6278 \begin_inset space ~
6282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6284 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6291 \begin_layout Subsection
6298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6299 Paragraph ! LyX code
6305 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6314 \begin_layout Standard
6319 environment is another LyX extension.
6320 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6325 key as a fixed whitespace;
6329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6341 \begin_inset space ~
6346 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6351 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6352 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6370 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6371 So, when you finish using the
6375 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6376 Also, you can nest the
6380 environment inside of others.
6383 \begin_layout Standard
6384 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6387 \begin_layout Itemize
6392 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6404 \begin_layout Itemize
6417 \begin_layout Itemize
6422 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6429 \begin_layout Itemize
6438 \begin_layout Itemize
6439 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6440 You must put at least one
6444 in any line you want blank.
6445 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6448 \begin_layout Itemize
6449 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6453 since that will insert
6458 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6466 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6469 \begin_layout Standard
6473 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6477 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6481 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6485 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6489 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6490 printf("Hello World!
6495 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6499 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6503 \begin_layout Standard
6504 This is just the standard
6505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6516 \begin_layout Standard
6521 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6522 rc-files, and so on.
6523 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6524 as if you used a typewriter.
6528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6529 Paragraph environments|)
6537 \begin_layout Section
6538 Nesting Environments
6542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6543 Nesting ! Environments
6549 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6558 \begin_layout Subsection
6562 \begin_layout Standard
6563 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6565 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6567 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6569 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6581 \begin_layout Enumerate
6585 \begin_layout Enumerate
6590 \begin_layout Enumerate
6594 \begin_layout Enumerate
6599 \begin_layout Enumerate
6603 \begin_layout Standard
6604 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6605 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6608 \begin_inset space ~
6612 \begin_inset space ~
6620 \begin_inset space ~
6624 \begin_inset space ~
6633 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6634 will tell you how far you are nested).
6635 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6636 \begin_inset Graphics
6637 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6642 \begin_inset Graphics
6643 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6647 or the convenient key bindings
6655 to change the nesting level.
6656 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6657 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6661 \begin_layout Standard
6662 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6663 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6664 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6665 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6668 \begin_layout Standard
6669 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6670 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6672 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6675 \begin_layout Subsection
6676 What You Can and Can't Nest
6679 \begin_layout Standard
6680 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6681 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6684 \begin_layout Standard
6685 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6686 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6687 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6690 \begin_layout Itemize
6691 Completely unnestable
6694 \begin_layout Itemize
6695 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6696 other things inside of them.
6699 \begin_layout Itemize
6700 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6704 \begin_layout Standard
6705 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6706 environments have them:
6709 \begin_layout Description
6710 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6711 Can't nest into them.
6715 \begin_layout Itemize
6721 \begin_layout Itemize
6727 \begin_layout Itemize
6733 \begin_layout Itemize
6739 \begin_layout Itemize
6746 \begin_layout Description
6748 \begin_inset space ~
6751 Nestable You can nest them.
6752 You can nest other things into them.
6756 \begin_layout Itemize
6762 \begin_layout Itemize
6768 \begin_layout Itemize
6774 \begin_layout Itemize
6780 \begin_layout Itemize
6786 \begin_layout Itemize
6792 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 \begin_layout Itemize
6805 \begin_layout Description
6806 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6807 You can't nest anything into them.
6811 \begin_layout Itemize
6817 \begin_layout Itemize
6823 \begin_layout Itemize
6829 \begin_layout Itemize
6835 \begin_layout Itemize
6841 \begin_layout Itemize
6847 \begin_layout Itemize
6853 \begin_layout Itemize
6859 \begin_layout Itemize
6865 \begin_layout Itemize
6871 \begin_layout Itemize
6877 \begin_layout Itemize
6883 \begin_layout Itemize
6889 \begin_layout Itemize
6893 \begin_inset space ~
6899 \begin_layout Itemize
6906 \begin_layout Standard
6907 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6915 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6924 \begin_inset space ~
6928 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6932 \begin_inset space ~
6935 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6936 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6937 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6945 \begin_layout Subsection
6946 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6951 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6957 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6959 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6966 \begin_layout Standard
6967 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6968 affected by nesting anyhow.
6972 \begin_layout Itemize
6976 \begin_layout Itemize
6980 \begin_layout Itemize
6984 \begin_layout Standard
6986 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6994 Figures and tables in
6998 are not affected by this.
7003 Have a look at section
7004 \begin_inset space ~
7008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7010 reference "sec:Floats"
7014 for more informations about
7021 \begin_layout Standard
7022 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7023 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7027 \begin_layout Standard
7028 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7036 of its own, it behaves just like a
7037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7044 paragraph environment.
7045 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7049 \begin_layout Standard
7050 Here's an example with a table:
7053 \begin_layout Enumerate
7058 \begin_layout Enumerate
7059 This is (a) and it's nested.
7063 \begin_layout Standard
7064 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7070 \begin_layout Standard
7072 \begin_inset Tabular
7073 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7075 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7076 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7160 \begin_layout Standard
7161 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7168 \begin_layout Enumerate
7170 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7174 \begin_layout Enumerate
7178 \begin_layout Standard
7179 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7182 \begin_layout Enumerate
7187 \begin_layout Enumerate
7188 This is (a) and it's nested.
7192 \begin_layout Standard
7193 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7199 \begin_layout Standard
7201 \begin_inset Tabular
7202 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7204 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7205 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7289 \begin_layout Standard
7290 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7296 \begin_layout Enumerate
7303 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7306 \begin_layout Enumerate
7310 \begin_layout Standard
7311 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7315 \begin_layout Standard
7316 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7318 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7321 \begin_layout Enumerate
7326 \begin_layout Enumerate
7327 This is (a) and it's nested.
7330 \begin_layout Standard
7331 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7337 \begin_layout Standard
7339 \begin_inset Tabular
7340 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7342 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7343 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7427 \begin_layout Standard
7428 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7434 \begin_layout Enumerate
7436 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7444 \begin_layout Enumerate
7448 \begin_layout Standard
7449 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7455 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7456 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7460 \begin_layout Subsection
7461 Usage and General Features
7462 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7464 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7471 \begin_layout Standard
7472 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7481 is the innermost possible depth.
7482 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7485 \begin_layout Enumerate
7486 level #1 - outermost
7490 \begin_layout Enumerate
7495 \begin_layout Enumerate
7500 \begin_layout Enumerate
7505 \begin_layout Itemize
7510 \begin_layout Itemize
7519 \begin_layout Standard
7520 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7521 both of them in the example.
7522 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7532 For example, if we tried to nest another
7537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7547 \begin_layout Subsection
7552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7561 \begin_layout Standard
7562 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7563 We have several examples of nested environments.
7564 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7568 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7569 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7572 \begin_layout Labeling
7573 \labelwidthstring MMM
7574 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7583 \begin_layout Labeling
7584 \labelwidthstring MMM
7585 #2-a This is level #2.
7586 We created it by using
7598 \begin_layout Labeling
7599 \labelwidthstring MMM
7600 #3-a This is level #3.
7601 This time, we just hit
7610 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7623 \begin_layout Standard
7628 environment, nested inside of
7629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7637 So, it's at level #4.
7638 We did this by hitting
7646 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7651 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7667 \begin_layout Standard
7672 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7679 \begin_layout Labeling
7680 \labelwidthstring MMM
7681 #4-a This is level #4.
7686 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7691 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7695 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7700 keep nesting things inside of
7701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7712 \begin_layout Labeling
7713 \labelwidthstring MMM
7714 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7719 \begin_layout Labeling
7720 \labelwidthstring MMM
7721 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7722 and this is level #6.
7723 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7727 \begin_layout Labeling
7728 \labelwidthstring MMM
7729 #5-b Back to level #5.
7742 \begin_layout Labeling
7743 \labelwidthstring MMM
7752 , we're back at level #4.
7756 \begin_layout Labeling
7757 \labelwidthstring MMM
7758 #3-b Back to level #3.
7759 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7763 \begin_layout Labeling
7764 \labelwidthstring MMM
7765 #2-b Back to level #2.
7770 \begin_layout Labeling
7771 \labelwidthstring MMM
7772 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7773 After this sentence, we'll hit
7777 and change the paragraph environment back to
7784 \begin_layout Standard
7785 We could have also used the
7801 environment in place of the
7806 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7809 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7810 Example 2: Inheritance
7813 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7814 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7817 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7827 , after which, we'll change to the
7835 \begin_layout Enumerate
7840 environment, at level #2.
7843 \begin_layout Enumerate
7844 Notice how the nested
7848 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7852 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7856 \begin_layout Standard
7857 We ended this example by hitting
7862 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7866 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7873 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7874 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7887 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7895 \begin_layout Enumerate
7896 This is level #1, in an
7900 paragraph environment.
7901 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7905 \begin_layout Enumerate
7916 Now, what happens if we nest an
7920 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7921 label be? An asterisk?
7925 \begin_layout Itemize
7935 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7936 So, its label is a bullet.
7937 (We got here by using
7945 , then changing the environment to
7953 \begin_layout Itemize
7954 Here's level #4, produced using
7963 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7968 \begin_layout Enumerate
7969 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7971 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7976 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7980 , because we are in the
8004 \begin_layout Enumerate
8009 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8010 type of numbering does LyX use?
8013 \begin_layout Enumerate
8014 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8018 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8021 \begin_layout Enumerate
8026 to decrease the depth after the next
8034 \begin_layout Enumerate
8036 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8040 \begin_layout Enumerate
8042 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8043 numeral as the label.Why?
8046 \begin_layout Enumerate
8047 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8056 Notice, however, that LyX
8060 reset the counter for the label.
8064 \begin_layout Enumerate
8073 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8074 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8075 into the twofold-nested
8083 \begin_layout Enumerate
8084 The same thing happens if we do another
8092 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8095 \begin_layout Standard
8096 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8101 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8115 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8121 The same rule applies for the
8125 environment, as well.
8128 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8129 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8132 \begin_layout Enumerate
8133 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8134 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8135 same detail with how we did it.
8144 \begin_layout Standard
8147 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
8149 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8150 example in parentheses someplace.
8151 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8152 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8153 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8157 \begin_layout Enumerate
8162 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8167 Now we'll add verse.
8168 \begin_inset Newline newline
8171 It will get much worse.
8172 \begin_inset Newline newline
8177 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
8183 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8184 \begin_inset Newline newline
8187 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8188 \begin_inset Newline newline
8201 \begin_layout Standard
8202 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8208 \begin_layout Standard
8210 \begin_inset Tabular
8211 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8213 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8214 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8302 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
8306 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
8312 \begin_layout Enumerate
8317 : level #1) This is another item.
8318 Note that selecting a
8322 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8323 3 times to put the table inside the
8331 \begin_layout Quotation
8332 We're now ending the
8336 list and changing to
8341 We're still at level #1.
8342 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8343 The next set of paragraphs is a
8344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8358 \begin_inset space ~
8363 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8367 for the letter body.
8372 to preserve the depth.
8373 Remember that you need to use
8377 to create multiple lines inside the
8384 \begin_inset space ~
8394 \begin_layout Right Address
8396 \begin_inset Newline newline
8399 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8400 \begin_inset Newline newline
8406 \begin_layout Address
8408 \begin_inset space ~
8414 \begin_layout Quotation
8415 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8416 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8419 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8420 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8421 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8422 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8423 as soon as possible.
8424 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8427 \begin_layout Quotation
8428 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8429 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8430 with your order, along with payment.
8433 \begin_layout Quotation
8434 We thank you again for your patience.
8437 \begin_layout Address
8439 \begin_inset Newline newline
8446 \begin_layout Quotation
8447 That ends that example!
8450 \begin_layout Standard
8451 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8452 just a few keystrokes.
8453 We could have easily nested an
8474 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8477 \begin_layout Section
8478 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8491 \begin_layout Standard
8492 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8493 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8494 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8495 be broken at the end of a line.
8496 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8500 \begin_layout Subsection
8502 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8504 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8521 \begin_layout Standard
8522 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8524 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8528 Further documentation is given in section
8529 \begin_inset Newline newline
8533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8535 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8543 \begin_layout Standard
8544 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8559 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8568 A protected space is set with
8570 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8571 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8575 \begin_inset space ~
8589 \begin_layout Subsection
8591 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8593 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8602 Spacing ! Horizontal
8610 \begin_layout Standard
8611 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8613 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8614 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8618 The length units are listed in Appendix
8619 \begin_inset space ~
8623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8625 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8632 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8634 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8636 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8653 \begin_layout Standard
8655 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8659 \begin_inset space \space{}
8662 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8663 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8664 \begin_inset space ~
8668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8670 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8675 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8676 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8683 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8685 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8687 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8704 \begin_layout Standard
8706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8713 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8722 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8723 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8724 inside abbreviations:
8729 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8733 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8734 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8738 \begin_inset space \space{}
8744 \begin_layout Standard
8745 or between values and units.
8746 Compare for example this:
8747 \begin_inset Newline newline
8751 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8755 \begin_inset Newline newline
8761 \begin_layout Standard
8762 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8764 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8765 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8767 \begin_inset space ~
8779 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8783 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8790 \begin_layout Standard
8791 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8794 \begin_layout Description
8796 \begin_inset space ~
8800 \begin_inset space ~
8804 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8808 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8812 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8815 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8818 \begin_layout Description
8820 \begin_inset space ~
8824 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8828 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8832 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8836 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8840 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8843 em) space between the arrows.
8846 \begin_layout Description
8848 \begin_inset space ~
8852 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8856 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8860 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8864 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8868 \begin_inset space ~
8872 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8875 em) space between the arrows.
8878 \begin_layout Description
8880 \begin_inset space ~
8884 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8888 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8892 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8896 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8900 \begin_inset space ~
8904 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8907 em) space between the arrows.
8910 \begin_layout Description
8912 \begin_inset space ~
8916 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8920 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8925 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8929 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8932 cm space between the arrows.
8935 \begin_layout Standard
8937 \begin_inset space ~
8941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8943 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8947 lists the different space sizes.
8950 \begin_layout Standard
8951 \begin_inset Float table
8956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8958 \begin_inset Caption
8960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8963 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8967 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
8975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8977 \begin_inset Tabular
8978 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8980 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8981 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9021 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9045 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9093 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9121 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9136 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9177 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9198 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9216 \begin_layout Standard
9217 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9218 in a uniform fashion.
9219 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9220 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9221 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9222 equally between themselves.
9226 \begin_layout Standard
9227 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9232 This is on the left side
9233 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9236 This is on the right
9242 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9246 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9255 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9259 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9263 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9269 \begin_layout Standard
9270 That was an example in the
9276 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9280 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9284 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9287 is one in a standard paragraph.
9288 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9292 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9295 \begin_layout Standard
9296 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9299 \begin_inset space ~
9304 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9307 \begin_layout Standard
9309 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9313 \begin_inset space ~
9319 \begin_layout Standard
9321 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9325 \begin_inset space ~
9331 \begin_layout Standard
9333 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9337 \begin_inset space ~
9343 \begin_layout Standard
9345 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9349 \begin_inset space ~
9355 \begin_layout Standard
9357 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9361 \begin_inset space ~
9367 \begin_layout Standard
9369 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9373 \begin_inset space ~
9379 \begin_layout Standard
9380 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9388 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9392 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9393 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9394 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9398 option in the space dialog.
9406 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9420 \begin_layout Standard
9421 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9423 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9426 \begin_layout Standard
9427 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9430 What is correct English?:
9431 \begin_inset Newline newline
9435 \begin_inset Newline newline
9439 \begin_inset space ~
9442 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9443 \begin_inset Newline newline
9450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9461 \begin_inset Newline newline
9468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9479 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9485 \begin_layout Standard
9486 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9491 \begin_inset space ~
9495 \begin_inset space ~
9499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9503 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9515 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9521 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9525 for more information about TeX-Code.
9531 In our case write the command
9538 (note the space after
9539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9546 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9547 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9548 That is why it is named
9549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9561 There exists also the commands
9573 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9574 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9575 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9577 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9589 \begin_layout Subsection
9591 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9593 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9610 \begin_layout Standard
9611 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9613 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9614 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9616 \begin_inset space ~
9622 There you find the following sizes:
9625 \begin_layout Standard
9638 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9643 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9645 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9658 for the paragraph separation.
9659 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9670 \begin_layout Standard
9679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9685 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9686 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9688 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9689 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9698 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9707 s are described in section
9708 \begin_inset space ~
9712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9714 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9723 If there are several
9727 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9728 You can therefore use
9732 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9735 \begin_layout Standard
9740 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9741 \begin_inset space ~
9745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9747 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9754 \begin_layout Standard
9755 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9765 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9766 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9778 \begin_layout Subsection
9782 \begin_layout Standard
9783 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9785 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9789 There are four possibilities:
9792 \begin_layout Itemize
9798 \begin_layout Itemize
9804 \begin_layout Itemize
9810 \begin_layout Itemize
9816 \begin_layout Standard
9817 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9818 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9819 the left and right margins.
9820 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9823 \begin_layout Standard
9825 This paragraph is right aligned,
9828 \begin_layout Standard
9830 this one is centered,
9833 \begin_layout Standard
9835 this one is left aligned.
9838 \begin_layout Subsection
9843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9844 Page breaks ! Forced
9850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9852 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
9859 \begin_layout Standard
9860 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9861 can force a page break where you want one.
9862 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
9863 Only if you use many
9867 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9870 \begin_layout Standard
9871 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9872 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9876 have to change the page breaking.
9879 \begin_layout Standard
9880 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9882 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9884 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9885 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9887 \begin_inset space ~
9893 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9895 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9896 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9898 \begin_inset space ~
9903 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9905 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
9906 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9909 \begin_layout Standard
9910 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
9911 at the top of a page.
9912 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9913 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9914 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9915 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9919 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9930 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9932 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9934 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
9942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9951 \begin_layout Standard
9952 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9953 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9954 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9955 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9956 if necessary by adding pages.
9959 \begin_layout Standard
9960 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
9962 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9963 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9965 \begin_inset space ~
9971 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9973 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9974 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9976 \begin_inset space ~
9980 \begin_inset space ~
9985 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9986 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9989 \begin_layout Subsection
9994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10001 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10003 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10010 \begin_layout Standard
10011 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10013 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10015 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10016 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10018 \begin_inset space ~
10022 \begin_inset space ~
10032 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10034 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10035 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10037 \begin_inset space ~
10041 \begin_inset space ~
10046 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10048 This is necessary to avoid
10049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10056 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10059 \begin_layout Standard
10060 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10061 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10062 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10063 set a line break, e.g.
10064 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10065 \begin_inset space ~
10069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10071 reference "sec:Quote"
10076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10078 reference "sec:Verse"
10083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10085 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10092 \begin_layout Subsection
10094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10096 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10113 \begin_layout Standard
10118 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10119 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10121 \begin_inset space ~
10126 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
10132 \begin_layout Section
10133 Characters and Symbols
10136 \begin_layout Standard
10137 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10138 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10139 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10143 \begin_inset space ~
10146 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10148 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10154 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10158 for informations how this is done.
10161 \begin_layout Standard
10162 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10167 dialog via the menu
10169 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10170 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10176 \begin_layout Standard
10177 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10185 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10186 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10187 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10195 \begin_layout Section
10196 Fonts and Text Styles
10197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10199 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10206 \begin_layout Subsection
10211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10220 \begin_layout Standard
10221 There are two types of fonts:
10224 \begin_layout Description
10226 \begin_inset space ~
10233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10239 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10240 characters) in the font.
10241 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10242 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10243 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10244 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10245 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10246 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10247 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10248 provide a good image.
10249 \begin_inset Newline newline
10252 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10253 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10254 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10255 sizes than at small ones.
10256 \begin_inset Newline newline
10270 \begin_inset space ~
10278 \begin_layout Description
10280 \begin_inset space ~
10287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10293 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10294 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10295 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10296 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10297 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10298 picture manipulation program.
10299 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10300 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10301 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10302 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10303 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10305 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10306 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10307 \begin_inset Newline newline
10310 Bitmap fonts are named
10313 \begin_inset space ~
10318 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10321 \begin_layout Standard
10322 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10323 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10324 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10325 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
10329 \begin_layout Standard
10330 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10331 its document properties.
10334 \begin_layout Standard
10335 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10336 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10337 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10338 font to emphasize text, you use an
10339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10347 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10348 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10352 \begin_layout Subsection
10353 Document Font and Font size
10354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10356 name "sub:Document-Font"
10364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10383 \begin_layout Standard
10384 You can set the document fonts in the
10386 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10394 Document ! Settings
10400 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10401 font shapes roman (serif),
10404 \begin_inset space ~
10416 \begin_layout Standard
10417 The possible options for the font include
10421 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10426 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10448 European Computer Modern
10451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10461 \begin_layout Standard
10470 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10471 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10476 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10479 \begin_inset space ~
10484 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10490 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10491 There are three ways to use one:
10494 \begin_layout Itemize
10495 One way is to use the
10505 Virtual means that it
10506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10517 -glyphs from other fonts.
10518 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10540 Loading the LaTeX-package
10548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10549 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10554 with the document preamble line
10557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10562 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10566 will fix the guillemet problem.
10571 and that accented characters are not
10575 glyph, they are build of
10579 characters, the accent and the letter.
10580 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10584 fonts for words with accented characters.
10585 If you search for example for the French word
10586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10593 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10602 and not for the glyph
10603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10607 \begin_inset space ~
10611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10617 \begin_layout Itemize
10618 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10631 , consists of these three main font types
10634 \begin_inset space ~
10663 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10667 \begin_inset space ~
10674 as typewriter font.
10675 \begin_inset Newline newline
10678 The differences between roman,
10681 \begin_inset space ~
10690 fonts are explained in section
10691 \begin_inset space ~
10695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10697 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10702 \begin_inset Newline newline
10709 was originally designed for newspapers.
10710 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10711 into the small newspaper columns.
10716 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10719 \begin_layout Itemize
10720 The best solution is to use the
10729 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10734 In most cases they look the same as
10742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10743 One difference is improved kerning for the
10756 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
10767 \begin_layout Standard
10768 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10771 For the font size there are four possible values:
10788 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10791 \begin_layout Standard
10792 The font sizes are the
10797 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10798 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10799 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10802 \begin_inset space ~
10808 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10809 \begin_inset space ~
10813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10815 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10822 \begin_layout Standard
10823 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10827 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10835 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10839 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10840 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10841 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10843 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10846 dialog, see section
10847 \begin_inset space ~
10851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10853 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10865 \begin_layout Subsection
10866 Using Different Character Styles
10870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10889 \begin_layout Standard
10890 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10891 certain paragraph environments.
10892 LyX supports two character styles,
10901 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10905 \begin_layout Standard
10910 style, do one of the following:
10913 \begin_layout Itemize
10914 click on the toolbar button
10915 \begin_inset Graphics
10916 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10923 \begin_layout Itemize
10924 use the key binding
10927 \begin_inset space ~
10933 \begin_layout Standard
10934 These commands are all toggles.
10939 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10942 \begin_layout Standard
10943 One typically uses the
10947 style for proper names.
10949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10956 is the original author of LyX.
10957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10963 \begin_layout Standard
10964 A more widely used character style is the
10969 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10976 \begin_layout Itemize
10977 clicking on the toolbar button
10978 \begin_inset Graphics
10979 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10986 \begin_layout Itemize
10987 using the keybindings
10990 \begin_inset space ~
10996 \begin_layout Standard
11001 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11002 es use a different font.
11005 \begin_layout Standard
11006 We've been using the
11010 style all over the place in this document.
11011 Here's one more example:
11014 \begin_layout Quotation
11017 Don't overuse character styles!
11020 \begin_layout Standard
11021 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11022 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11023 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11024 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11028 \begin_layout Standard
11029 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11032 \begin_inset space ~
11039 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11041 \begin_inset space ~
11049 \begin_layout Subsection
11050 Fine-Tuning with the
11055 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11057 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11074 \begin_layout Standard
11075 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
11076 gives you a way to create custom character style.
11077 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11078 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11079 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11080 from ordinary dialog.
11083 \begin_layout Standard
11084 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11085 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11086 \begin_inset Newline newline
11089 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11090 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
11093 \begin_layout Standard
11094 To use custom character styles, open the
11096 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11098 \begin_inset space ~
11104 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11105 font property which you can choose.
11106 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11109 \begin_inset space ~
11114 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11119 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11120 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11121 environments in a snap.
11124 \begin_layout Standard
11125 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11128 \begin_inset space ~
11140 \begin_layout Labeling
11141 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11155 The possible options are:
11159 \begin_layout Labeling
11160 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11165 This is the Roman font family.
11166 Normally a serif font.
11167 It's also the default family.
11172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11184 \begin_inset space ~
11193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11201 \begin_inset Note Note
11204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11205 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
11206 It is explained in section
11207 \begin_inset space ~
11211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11213 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
11225 \begin_layout Labeling
11226 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11230 \begin_inset space ~
11237 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11256 \begin_inset space ~
11265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11275 \begin_layout Labeling
11276 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11283 This is the Typewriter font family.
11290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11302 \begin_inset space ~
11311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11324 \begin_layout Labeling
11325 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11330 This corresponds to the print weight.
11335 \begin_layout Labeling
11336 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11341 This is the Medium font series.
11342 It's also the default series.
11345 \begin_layout Labeling
11346 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11353 This is the Bold font series.
11360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11372 \begin_inset space ~
11381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11392 \begin_layout Labeling
11393 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11398 As the name implies.
11403 \begin_layout Labeling
11404 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11409 This is the Upright font shape.
11410 It's also the default shape.
11413 \begin_layout Labeling
11414 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11428 s the Italic font shape
11434 \begin_layout Labeling
11435 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11442 This is the Slanted font shape
11444 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11447 \begin_layout Labeling
11448 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11452 \begin_inset space ~
11459 This is the Small caps font shape
11466 \begin_layout Labeling
11467 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11472 Alters the size of the font.
11473 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11474 nal to the document font size.
11475 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11476 what you want to do.
11481 \begin_layout Labeling
11482 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11516 \begin_inset space ~
11525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11548 \begin_inset space ~
11557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11567 \begin_layout Labeling
11568 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11602 \begin_inset space ~
11611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11621 \begin_layout Labeling
11622 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11656 \begin_inset space ~
11665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11688 \begin_inset space ~
11697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11707 \begin_layout Labeling
11708 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11742 \begin_inset space ~
11751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11774 \begin_inset space ~
11783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11793 \begin_layout Labeling
11794 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11808 It's also the default size.
11813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11825 \begin_inset space ~
11834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11857 \begin_inset space ~
11866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11876 \begin_layout Labeling
11877 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11911 \begin_inset space ~
11920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11943 \begin_inset space ~
11952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11962 \begin_layout Labeling
11963 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11997 \begin_inset space ~
12006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12029 \begin_inset space ~
12038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12048 \begin_layout Labeling
12049 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12083 \begin_inset space ~
12092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12102 \begin_layout Labeling
12103 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12137 \begin_inset space ~
12146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12169 \begin_inset space ~
12178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12188 \begin_layout Labeling
12189 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12223 \begin_inset space ~
12232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12255 \begin_inset space ~
12264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12275 \begin_layout Standard
12280 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12281 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12282 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12283 - use that instead.
12284 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12287 \begin_layout Labeling
12288 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12293 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12298 \begin_layout Labeling
12299 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12306 This is text with emphasize on
12309 This might seem like the same as
12313 , but it is actually a bit different.
12319 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12321 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12324 \begin_layout Labeling
12325 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12332 This is text with Underbar on.
12339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12351 \begin_inset space ~
12360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12370 \begin_inset Newline newline
12375 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12376 when you couldn't change fonts.
12377 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12378 It's only included in LyX because some people
12382 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12385 \begin_layout Labeling
12386 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12393 This is text with Noun on.
12400 , this is a logical attribute.
12401 Normally it's equivalent to
12404 \begin_inset space ~
12413 \begin_layout Labeling
12414 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12419 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12420 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12424 \begin_inset space ~
12429 , which is the default
12430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12437 and means normally black, you can choose between
12473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12482 \begin_layout Labeling
12483 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12488 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12489 the language of the document.
12490 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12494 \begin_layout Standard
12495 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12496 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12498 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12500 \begin_inset space ~
12505 dialog, the settings are saved.
12506 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12507 \begin_inset Graphics
12508 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12513 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12514 when the dialog isn't visible.
12518 \begin_layout Standard
12519 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12522 \begin_inset space ~
12528 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12529 (suppose you just set the shape to
12530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12548 \begin_inset space ~
12560 \begin_layout Standard
12561 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12569 \begin_inset space ~
12581 \begin_layout Itemize
12587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12594 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12612 \begin_inset Newline newline
12619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12644 \begin_inset Note Note
12647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12648 For more on phantoms see section
12649 \begin_inset space ~
12653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12655 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12665 \begin_inset Newline newline
12671 \begin_layout Itemize
12676 fonts use characters with serifs.
12677 These are the small
12678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12685 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12686 The following example will show the difference:
12687 \begin_inset Newline newline
12691 \begin_inset Newline newline
12696 text without serifs
12699 \begin_inset Newline newline
12702 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12703 They are therefore used as default font (named
12710 \begin_layout Itemize
12716 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12717 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12720 \begin_layout Standard
12721 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12722 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12725 \begin_layout Section
12726 Printing and Previewing
12729 \begin_layout Subsection
12733 \begin_layout Standard
12734 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12735 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12736 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12737 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12738 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12741 \begin_inset space ~
12749 \begin_layout Standard
12750 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12751 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12752 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12753 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12754 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12755 This happens in two stages:
12758 \begin_layout Enumerate
12759 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12760 generating a file with the extension,
12761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12775 \begin_layout Enumerate
12776 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12780 file to produce printable output.
12784 \begin_layout Subsection
12785 Output file formats
12789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12796 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12798 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12805 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12811 File formats ! ASCII
12819 \begin_layout Standard
12820 This file type has the extension
12821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12833 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12837 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12844 \begin_layout Standard
12845 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12847 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12848 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12854 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12860 File formats ! LaTeX
12868 \begin_layout Standard
12869 This file type has the extension
12870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12881 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12883 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12884 it manually with console commands.
12885 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12886 you view or export your document.
12889 \begin_layout Standard
12890 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12892 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12893 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12910 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12924 \begin_layout Standard
12925 This file type has the extension
12926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12946 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12947 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12948 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12950 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12954 \begin_layout Standard
12955 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12963 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12964 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12969 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12970 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12971 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12972 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12975 \begin_layout Standard
12976 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12978 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12979 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12985 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12991 File formats ! PostScript
12999 \begin_layout Standard
13000 This file type has the extension
13001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13013 PostScript was developed by the company
13017 as printer language.
13018 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13020 PostScript can be seen as
13021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13024 programming language
13025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13028 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13033 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
13042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13043 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13053 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13056 \begin_layout Standard
13057 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13061 Encapsulated PostScript
13062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13065 (EPS, file extension
13066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13078 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13079 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13080 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
13081 whenever you view or export your document.
13082 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13083 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13084 EPS to avoid this problem.
13087 \begin_layout Standard
13088 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13090 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13091 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13097 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13121 \begin_layout Standard
13122 This file type has the extension
13123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13139 Portable Document Format
13140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13143 (PDF) is developed by
13147 as derivative from PostScript.
13148 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
13150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13157 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13158 looks exactly the same.
13161 \begin_layout Standard
13162 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13166 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13170 (JPG, file extension
13171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13198 Portable Network Graphics
13199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13202 (PNG, file extension
13203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13215 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13216 in the background to one of these formats.
13217 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13218 will slow down your workflow.
13219 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13222 \begin_layout Standard
13223 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13225 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13228 in three different ways:
13231 \begin_layout Description
13232 PDF This uses the program
13236 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13237 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13241 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13242 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13245 \begin_layout Description
13247 \begin_inset space ~
13250 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13254 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13258 \begin_layout Description
13260 \begin_inset space ~
13263 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13267 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13270 \begin_layout Standard
13271 We recommend to use
13274 \begin_inset space ~
13283 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13289 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13292 \begin_layout Subsection
13297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13306 \begin_layout Standard
13307 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13308 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13312 and choose a file type.
13313 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13316 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13319 you can use the toolbar button
13320 \begin_inset Graphics
13321 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13331 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13333 \begin_inset space ~
13339 \begin_inset Graphics
13340 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13346 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13350 \begin_inset Graphics
13351 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13362 \begin_layout Standard
13363 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13364 viewer window using the menu
13366 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13372 \begin_layout Standard
13373 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13375 To have a real output, export your document.
13378 \begin_layout Subsection
13379 Printing the File from within LyX
13380 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13382 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13389 \begin_layout Standard
13390 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13391 it directly from within LyX.
13392 To print a file, select the menu
13394 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13397 or click on the toolbar button
13398 \begin_inset Graphics
13399 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13404 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13405 This file is then processed by the program
13409 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13414 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13417 \begin_layout Standard
13418 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13419 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13420 printing one set to print on the other side.
13421 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13422 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13423 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13426 \begin_layout Standard
13427 You can set the parameters in the
13430 \begin_inset space ~
13438 \begin_layout Labeling
13439 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13444 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13449 Note that this printer name is for the program
13458 has to be configured for this printer name.
13459 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13460 \begin_inset space ~
13464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13466 reference "sub:Printer"
13475 The printer should understand PostScript.
13478 \begin_layout Labeling
13479 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13484 The name of a file to print to.
13485 The output will be a PostScript file.
13486 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13490 \begin_layout Section
13491 A few Words about Typography
13495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13504 \begin_layout Subsection
13509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13525 \begin_layout Standard
13527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13538 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13553 \begin_layout Enumerate
13555 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13559 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13577 \begin_layout Enumerate
13579 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13583 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13614 \begin_layout Enumerate
13616 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13620 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13664 \begin_layout Enumerate
13666 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13670 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13674 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13692 \begin_layout Standard
13693 You generate them by inserting the
13694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13705 character multiple times in a row.
13706 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13707 final output, but not in LyX.
13710 \begin_layout Standard
13711 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13712 math mode and has a length of its own.
13713 Here are some examples of the
13714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13728 \begin_layout Enumerate
13729 line- and page-breaks
13730 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13740 \begin_layout Enumerate
13742 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13752 \begin_layout Enumerate
13753 Oh --- there's a dash.
13754 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13764 \begin_layout Enumerate
13765 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13769 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13779 \begin_layout Subsection
13784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13791 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13793 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13800 \begin_layout Standard
13801 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13802 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13811 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13816 following the rules of the document language
13820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13821 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13829 \begin_inset space ~
13833 \begin_inset space ~
13840 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13851 \begin_layout Standard
13852 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13857 and with unusual constructs, like
13858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13866 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13867 This is done with the menu
13869 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13870 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13872 \begin_inset space ~
13878 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13879 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13882 \begin_layout Standard
13883 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13884 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13885 a hyphen and a space in the form
13886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13894 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13902 as hyphenation possibility.
13903 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13904 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13905 of the LaTeX-box-command
13911 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13912 As LyX doesn't support
13918 , we have to use TeX Code.
13919 The result looks in LyX like:
13922 \begin_layout Standard
13923 \begin_inset Graphics
13924 filename clipart/mbox.png
13931 \begin_layout Standard
13932 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13933 \begin_inset space ~
13937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13939 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13946 \begin_layout Subsection
13951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13960 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13961 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13964 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13971 \begin_layout Standard
13972 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13973 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13974 LaTeX then adds the
13975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13978 appropriate amount of space
13979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13983 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13985 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13988 \begin_layout Standard
13989 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14003 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14004 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14007 \begin_layout Standard
14008 Here are some examples of
14012 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14015 \begin_layout Itemize
14020 \begin_layout Itemize
14025 \begin_layout Standard
14026 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14029 \begin_layout Itemize
14032 this is too much space!
14035 \begin_layout Itemize
14040 \begin_layout Standard
14041 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14044 \begin_layout Standard
14045 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14048 \begin_layout Enumerate
14052 \begin_inset space ~
14057 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14058 \begin_inset space ~
14062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14064 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14073 Spaces ! inter-word
14081 \begin_layout Enumerate
14085 \begin_inset space ~
14090 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14091 \begin_inset space ~
14095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14097 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14114 \begin_layout Enumerate
14118 \begin_inset space ~
14122 \begin_inset space ~
14126 \begin_inset space ~
14133 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14135 \begin_inset space ~
14140 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14141 This function is also bound to
14148 \begin_layout Standard
14149 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14152 \begin_layout Itemize
14154 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14158 \begin_inset space \space{}
14161 this is too much space!
14164 \begin_layout Itemize
14165 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14169 \begin_layout Standard
14170 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14171 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
14172 LaTeX will care about this.
14175 \begin_layout Standard
14176 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14180 \begin_inset space ~
14185 feature described in section
14196 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14202 Typography ! Quotes
14211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14249 \begin_layout Standard
14250 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14251 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14252 and use a closing quote at the end.
14254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14262 The keyboard character,
14266 , generates this automatically.
14269 \begin_layout Standard
14270 You can change the behavior of the
14274 key using the submenu
14280 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14288 Document ! Settings
14296 \begin_layout Standard
14297 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14302 There are six choices:
14305 \begin_layout Labeling
14306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14318 Use quotes like this
14319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14327 \begin_inset Quotes els
14331 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14337 \begin_layout Labeling
14338 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14341 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14345 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14351 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14355 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14359 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14365 \begin_layout Labeling
14366 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14369 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14373 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14379 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14383 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14387 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14391 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14397 \begin_layout Labeling
14398 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14401 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14405 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14411 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14415 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14419 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14423 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14429 \begin_layout Labeling
14430 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14433 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14437 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14443 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14447 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14451 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14455 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14461 \begin_layout Labeling
14462 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14465 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14469 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14475 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14479 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14483 \begin_inset Quotes als
14487 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14493 \begin_layout Standard
14494 These settings affects what character the
14501 \begin_layout Subsection
14506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14507 Typography ! Ligatures
14516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14547 name "sub:Ligatures"
14554 \begin_layout Standard
14555 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14556 print them as single characters.
14557 These groups are known as
14562 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14564 Here are the standard ligatures:
14567 \begin_layout Itemize
14571 \begin_layout Itemize
14575 \begin_layout Itemize
14579 \begin_layout Itemize
14583 \begin_layout Itemize
14587 \begin_layout Standard
14588 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14591 \begin_layout Standard
14592 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14593 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14601 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14617 To break a ligature, use
14619 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14620 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14622 \begin_inset space ~
14629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14640 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14657 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14665 \begin_layout Subsection
14670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14677 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14679 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14686 \begin_layout Standard
14687 You have surely noticed, that the word
14688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14695 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14696 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14697 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14717 \begin_inset Note Note
14720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14721 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14729 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14730 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14735 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14739 \begin_layout Description
14740 LyX The name of the game, write
14741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14762 \begin_layout Description
14763 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14785 \begin_layout Description
14786 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14808 \begin_layout Description
14809 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14831 \begin_layout Standard
14832 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14837 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14845 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14846 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14847 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14850 : The actual version is
14851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14858 , the previous one was
14859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14869 \begin_layout Standard
14870 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14871 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14873 This will look in LyX like:
14874 \begin_inset Graphics
14875 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14881 \begin_inset Newline newline
14884 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14885 \begin_inset space ~
14889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14891 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14898 \begin_layout Subsection
14903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14912 \begin_layout Standard
14913 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14914 space between two words.
14915 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14925 for units use the menu
14927 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14928 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14930 \begin_inset space ~
14942 \begin_layout Standard
14943 Here's an example to show the differences:
14946 \begin_layout Standard
14947 \begin_inset Tabular
14948 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14950 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14951 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14958 \begin_inset space ~
14962 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14974 space between number and unit
14981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14986 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14990 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15002 half space between number and unit
15015 \begin_layout Subsection
15020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15021 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15036 \begin_layout Standard
15037 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15039 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15040 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15041 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15042 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15043 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15044 These bits of text became known as
15055 \begin_layout Standard
15056 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15057 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15058 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15059 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15060 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15061 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15062 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15065 \begin_layout Standard
15066 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15067 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15068 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15069 \begin_inset space ~
15073 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15075 key "latexcompanion"
15080 \begin_inset space ~
15084 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15090 ] may have more information.
15091 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15094 \begin_layout Chapter
15095 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15096 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15098 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15105 \begin_layout Standard
15106 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15111 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15114 \begin_layout Section
15119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15135 \begin_layout Standard
15136 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15139 \begin_layout Description
15141 \begin_inset space ~
15144 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15145 \begin_inset Newline newline
15149 \begin_inset Note Note
15152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15153 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15161 \begin_layout Description
15162 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15163 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15165 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15166 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15167 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15170 \begin_inset Newline newline
15174 \begin_inset Note Comment
15177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15178 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15186 \begin_layout Description
15188 \begin_inset space ~
15191 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15192 \begin_inset Newline newline
15196 \begin_inset Newline newline
15200 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15209 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15210 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15211 How this can be done is explained in the
15220 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15226 \begin_inset Newline newline
15230 \begin_inset Newline newline
15233 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15234 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15237 \begin_layout Standard
15238 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15239 \begin_inset Graphics
15240 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15242 scaleBeforeRotation
15248 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15252 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15255 \begin_layout Section
15260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15267 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15269 name "sec:Footnotes"
15276 \begin_layout Standard
15277 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15280 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15283 or the toolbar button
15284 \begin_inset Graphics
15285 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15298 \begin_inset Graphics
15299 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15308 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15337 label, the box will
15341 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15342 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15355 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15371 \begin_layout Standard
15372 Here's an example footnote:
15380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15381 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15389 \begin_layout Standard
15390 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15391 position where the footnote box is placed.
15392 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15393 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15394 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15395 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15396 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15401 ey are described in the
15408 \begin_layout Section
15413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15420 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15422 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15429 \begin_layout Standard
15430 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15431 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15433 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15435 \begin_inset space ~
15440 or the toolbar button
15441 \begin_inset Graphics
15442 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15469 appearing within your text.
15470 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15479 \begin_layout Standard
15480 At the side is an example marginal note.
15484 \begin_inset Marginal
15487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15488 This is a marginal note.
15496 \begin_layout Standard
15497 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15498 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15499 pages, right on odd pages.
15502 \begin_layout Section
15503 Graphics and Images
15507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15526 name "sec:Graphics"
15533 \begin_layout Standard
15534 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15535 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15536 \begin_inset Graphics
15537 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15543 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15547 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15550 \begin_layout Standard
15551 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15556 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15557 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15559 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15560 \begin_inset space ~
15564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15566 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15573 \begin_layout Standard
15578 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15579 of the image in the output.
15580 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15584 \begin_inset space ~
15588 \begin_inset space ~
15597 \begin_inset space ~
15601 \begin_inset space ~
15605 \begin_inset space ~
15610 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15611 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15619 \begin_layout Standard
15622 LaTeX and LyX options
15624 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15625 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15629 \begin_inset space ~
15634 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15635 with the image size is printed.
15639 \begin_inset space ~
15643 \begin_inset space ~
15647 \begin_inset space ~
15652 is explained in the
15663 \begin_layout Standard
15664 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15665 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15667 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15671 \begin_layout Standard
15673 \begin_inset Graphics
15674 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15676 rotateOrigin center
15683 \begin_layout Standard
15684 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15685 the image into a float, see section
15686 \begin_inset space ~
15690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15692 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15699 \begin_layout Subsection
15704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15711 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15713 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15720 \begin_layout Standard
15721 You can insert images in any known file format.
15722 But as we explained in section
15723 \begin_inset space ~
15727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15729 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15733 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15734 LyX uses therefore the program
15738 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15739 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15740 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15741 \begin_inset space ~
15745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15747 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15754 \begin_layout Standard
15755 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15758 \begin_layout Description
15760 \begin_inset space ~
15763 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15764 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15765 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15769 Graphics Interchange Format
15770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15773 (GIF, file extension
15774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15821 Portable Network Graphics
15822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15825 (PNG, file extension
15826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15873 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15877 (JPG, file extension
15878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15936 \begin_layout Description
15938 \begin_inset space ~
15941 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15943 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15944 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15945 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15946 \begin_inset Newline newline
15949 Scalable image formats can be
15950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15953 Scalable Vector Graphics
15954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15957 (SVG, file extension
15958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16005 Encapsulated PostScript
16006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16009 (EPS, file extension
16010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16057 Portable Document Format
16058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16061 (PDF, file extension
16062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16084 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16085 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16086 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16092 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16100 \begin_layout Standard
16101 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16105 \begin_layout Subsection
16106 Grouping of Image Settings
16110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16111 Images ! Settings grouping
16119 \begin_layout Standard
16120 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16122 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16123 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16125 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16126 need to manually change each of them.
16130 \begin_layout Standard
16131 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16134 \begin_inset space ~
16138 \begin_inset space ~
16143 field in the Graphics dialog.
16144 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16145 by checking the name of the desired group.
16148 \begin_layout Section
16153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16160 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16169 \begin_layout Standard
16170 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16171 \begin_inset Graphics
16172 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16179 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16183 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16184 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16185 from the rest of the table.
16186 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16187 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16189 Here's an example table:
16192 \begin_layout Standard
16194 \begin_inset Tabular
16195 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16197 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16198 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16199 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16200 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16400 \begin_layout Subsection
16404 \begin_layout Standard
16405 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16406 brings up the table dialog.
16407 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16408 where the cursor is placed currently.
16409 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16410 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16411 done on all of your selection.
16414 \begin_layout Standard
16415 Additionally to the table dialog the
16418 \begin_inset space ~
16423 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16425 It is for example currently only possible to add
16426 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16430 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16433 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16436 \begin_layout Standard
16440 \begin_inset space ~
16445 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16446 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16447 current cell respectively.
16448 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16450 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16451 of text, see section
16452 \begin_inset space ~
16456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16458 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16465 \begin_layout Standard
16466 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16472 This will merge the cells to
16476 cell, spread over more than one column.
16477 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16478 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16479 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16480 in the last row without the upper border:
16483 \begin_layout Standard
16485 \begin_inset Tabular
16486 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16487 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16488 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16489 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16490 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16491 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16502 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16511 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16587 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16622 \begin_layout Standard
16623 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16624 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16625 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16626 explained in the tables section of the
16629 \begin_inset space ~
16635 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16636 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16639 degrees counterclockwise.
16640 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16643 \begin_layout Standard
16644 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16652 Most DVI-viewers are
16656 able to display rotations.
16664 \begin_layout Standard
16669 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16674 adds lines for all cell borders.
16677 \begin_layout Subsection
16682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16683 Tables ! Longtables
16692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16701 \begin_layout Standard
16702 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16705 \begin_inset space ~
16709 \begin_inset space ~
16718 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16719 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16722 \begin_layout Description
16727 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16728 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16729 except for the first page, if
16732 \begin_inset space ~
16740 \begin_layout Description
16744 \begin_inset space ~
16749 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16750 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16753 \begin_layout Description
16758 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16759 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16760 except for the last page, if
16763 \begin_inset space ~
16771 \begin_layout Description
16775 \begin_inset space ~
16780 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16781 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16784 \begin_layout Description
16785 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16786 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16788 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16792 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16795 \begin_inset space ~
16803 \begin_layout Standard
16804 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16805 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16806 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16807 The others will then be defined as
16812 In this context, first means first in this order:
16815 \begin_inset space ~
16827 \begin_inset space ~
16833 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16836 \begin_layout Standard
16838 \begin_inset Tabular
16839 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16840 <features islongtable="true">
16841 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16842 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16843 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16844 <row endfirsthead="true">
16845 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16851 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16856 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16865 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16875 <row endfirsthead="true">
16876 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16887 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16896 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16908 <row endhead="true">
16909 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16920 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16929 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16939 <row endhead="true">
16940 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16951 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16960 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16972 <row endfoot="true">
16973 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16984 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16993 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17024 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17965 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17974 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17983 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17994 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18025 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18056 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18087 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18118 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18149 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18180 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18211 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18242 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18273 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18304 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18335 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18366 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18397 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18428 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18459 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18490 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18521 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18552 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18583 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18614 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18645 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18676 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18707 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18738 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18769 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18800 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18831 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18862 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18893 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18924 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18954 <row endlastfoot="true">
18955 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18966 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18975 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18992 \begin_layout Subsection
18997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19004 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19006 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19013 \begin_layout Standard
19014 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19015 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19016 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19017 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19021 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19022 for the cell's paragraph.
19025 \begin_layout Standard
19026 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19027 for the column in the table dialog.
19028 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19029 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19033 \begin_layout Standard
19035 \begin_inset Tabular
19036 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19038 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19039 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19040 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19060 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19129 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19185 This is longer now.
19190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19241 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19242 This is longer now.
19247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19273 \begin_layout Standard
19274 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19275 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19280 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19281 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19287 Selection with the mouse or with
19291 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19292 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19293 the selection from outside the table.
19296 \begin_layout Section
19301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19308 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19317 \begin_layout Standard
19318 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19319 have a fixed location.
19321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19328 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19336 \begin_inset space ~
19341 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19342 too much notes at the page.
19345 \begin_layout Standard
19346 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19347 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19348 and pages without text.
19349 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19350 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19351 Floats are therefore numbered.
19352 Referencing is described in section
19353 \begin_inset space ~
19357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19359 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19366 \begin_layout Standard
19367 To insert a float, use the menu
19369 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19373 A box with a caption that has e.
19374 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19378 \begin_inset space ~
19382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19386 \begin_inset space ~
19390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19393 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19394 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19396 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19406 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19407 paragraph within the float.
19408 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19409 by left-clicking on the box label.
19410 A closed float box looks like this:
19411 \begin_inset Graphics
19412 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19417 -- a gray button with a red label.
19420 \begin_layout Standard
19421 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19422 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19425 \begin_layout Subsection
19429 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19435 Floats ! Figure floats
19441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19443 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19450 \begin_layout Standard
19453 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19454 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19457 inserts a float with the label
19458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19464 \begin_inset space ~
19470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19474 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19475 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19476 This is what we did for Figure
19477 \begin_inset space ~
19481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19483 reference "cap:Platypus"
19488 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19489 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19490 This was done in Figure
19491 \begin_inset space ~
19495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19497 reference "cap:Escher"
19504 \begin_layout Standard
19505 \begin_inset Float figure
19510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19512 \begin_inset Graphics
19513 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19515 rotateOrigin center
19522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19523 \begin_inset Caption
19525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19528 name "cap:Platypus"
19532 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19545 \begin_layout Standard
19546 \begin_inset Float figure
19551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19552 \begin_inset Caption
19554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19555 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19572 \begin_inset Graphics
19573 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19575 rotateOrigin center
19587 \begin_layout Standard
19588 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19590 As described in section
19591 \begin_inset space ~
19595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19597 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19601 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19603 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19606 and refer to it using the menu
19608 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19612 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19621 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19633 \begin_layout Standard
19634 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19635 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19636 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19637 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19639 \begin_inset space ~
19643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19645 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19649 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19650 You can also set the images one below the other.
19652 \begin_inset space ~
19656 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19658 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19665 reference "fig:Platypus"
19669 are the subfigures.
19672 \begin_layout Standard
19673 \begin_inset Float figure
19678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19679 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19683 \begin_inset Float figure
19688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19689 \begin_inset Caption
19691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19692 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19694 name "fig:Undefinable"
19706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19707 \begin_inset Graphics
19708 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19719 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19723 \begin_inset Float figure
19728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19729 \begin_inset Caption
19731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19732 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19734 name "fig:Platypus"
19746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19747 \begin_inset Graphics
19748 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19760 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19767 \begin_inset Caption
19769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19770 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19772 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19776 Two distorted images.
19789 \begin_layout Standard
19790 Note that the caption is added to the
19793 \begin_inset space ~
19797 \begin_inset space ~
19802 as described in section
19803 \begin_inset space ~
19807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19809 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19816 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19822 Floats ! Table floats
19828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19830 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19837 \begin_layout Standard
19838 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19840 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19841 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19845 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19848 \begin_inset space ~
19852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19854 reference "cap:Table-float"
19858 is an example of a table float.
19861 \begin_layout Standard
19862 \begin_inset Float table
19867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19868 \begin_inset Caption
19870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19871 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19873 name "cap:Table-float"
19885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19887 \begin_inset Tabular
19888 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19890 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19891 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19892 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20019 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20040 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20042 c & d\end{array}\right]$
20050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20063 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20084 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20090 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20098 \begin_layout Standard
20099 This float type is inserted with the menu
20101 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20102 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20106 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20107 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20111 , described in section
20112 \begin_inset space ~
20116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20118 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20125 \begin_layout Standard
20126 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20134 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20140 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20143 \begin_layout Standard
20148 floatname{algorithm}{your
20149 \begin_inset space ~
20155 \begin_layout Standard
20156 to the document preamble (menu
20158 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20165 \begin_inset space ~
20171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20185 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20191 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20199 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
20206 \begin_layout Standard
20207 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20215 \begin_inset Graphics
20216 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20218 rotateOrigin center
20225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20226 \begin_inset Caption
20228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20229 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20231 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20235 This is a wrapped figure.
20236 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20249 This float type is used if you want to
20250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20257 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20259 It can be inserted using the menu
20261 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20262 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20264 \begin_inset space ~
20269 if the LaTeX-package
20277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20278 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20288 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20291 \begin_inset space ~
20301 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20304 \begin_inset space ~
20308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20310 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20314 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20315 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20323 Available units are explained in Appendix
20324 \begin_inset space ~
20328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20330 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20339 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20343 \begin_layout Standard
20344 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20352 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
20353 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
20354 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20355 over some other text.
20363 \begin_layout Itemize
20364 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20365 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20366 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20367 breaks will appear.
20370 \begin_layout Itemize
20371 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20372 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20375 \begin_layout Itemize
20376 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20377 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20380 \begin_layout Itemize
20381 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20384 \begin_layout Subsection
20386 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20388 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20405 \begin_layout Standard
20406 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20407 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20411 \begin_inset space ~
20419 \begin_layout Standard
20420 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20421 have a multi-column document).
20422 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20425 \begin_inset space ~
20431 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20432 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20439 \begin_layout Standard
20440 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20441 format is also the same: Table
20442 \begin_inset space ~
20446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20448 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20452 is an example of a rotated table float.
20455 \begin_layout Standard
20456 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20464 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20472 \begin_layout Standard
20473 \begin_inset Float table
20478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20479 \begin_inset Caption
20481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20484 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20498 \begin_inset Tabular
20499 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20501 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20502 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20503 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20504 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20505 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20565 \begin_layout Subsection
20567 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20569 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20586 \begin_layout Standard
20587 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20588 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20589 \begin_inset Newline newline
20595 \begin_inset space ~
20600 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20601 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20603 \begin_inset Newline newline
20609 \begin_inset space ~
20614 is used to rotate floats, see section
20615 \begin_inset space ~
20619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20621 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20628 \begin_layout Standard
20629 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20630 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20633 \begin_inset space ~
20637 \begin_inset space ~
20645 \begin_layout Description
20647 \begin_inset space ~
20651 \begin_inset space ~
20654 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20657 \begin_layout Description
20659 \begin_inset space ~
20663 \begin_inset space ~
20666 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20669 \begin_layout Description
20671 \begin_inset space ~
20675 \begin_inset space ~
20678 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20681 \begin_layout Description
20683 \begin_inset space ~
20687 \begin_inset space ~
20690 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20693 \begin_layout Standard
20694 The order of the above option is
20699 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20703 \begin_inset space ~
20707 \begin_inset space ~
20715 \begin_inset space ~
20719 \begin_inset space ~
20724 , and then the others.
20725 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20727 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20728 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20731 \begin_layout Standard
20732 By default, each options has its own rules:
20735 \begin_layout Standard
20739 \begin_inset space ~
20743 \begin_inset space ~
20748 only floats occupying less than 70
20749 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20752 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20755 \begin_layout Standard
20759 \begin_inset space ~
20763 \begin_inset space ~
20768 : only floats occupying less than 30
20769 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20772 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20775 \begin_layout Standard
20779 \begin_inset space ~
20783 \begin_inset space ~
20788 : only if more than 50
20789 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20792 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20796 \begin_layout Standard
20797 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20801 \begin_inset space ~
20805 \begin_inset space ~
20813 \begin_layout Standard
20814 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20815 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20816 For this case you can use the option
20819 \begin_inset space ~
20825 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20827 Because the float is then no longer able to
20828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20835 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20838 \begin_layout Standard
20839 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20840 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20843 \begin_layout Standard
20844 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20846 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20848 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20855 \begin_layout Section
20860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20869 name "sec:Minipages"
20876 \begin_layout Standard
20877 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20879 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20880 \begin_inset space ~
20887 \begin_layout Standard
20888 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20890 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20894 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20895 and its alignment within the page.
20898 \begin_layout Standard
20900 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20909 height_special "totalheight"
20912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20915 This is a minipage.
20916 The text is set in an italic style.
20919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20922 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20923 another formatting.
20931 \begin_layout Standard
20932 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20935 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20939 as described in section
20940 \begin_inset space ~
20944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20946 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20951 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20957 \begin_layout Standard
20958 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20967 height_special "totalheight"
20970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20971 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20972 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20978 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20982 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20991 height_special "totalheight"
20994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20995 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20996 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21004 \begin_layout Standard
21005 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21011 \begin_layout Standard
21012 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21013 to other box types.
21014 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21025 \begin_layout Chapter
21026 Mathematical Formulas
21030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21071 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21078 \begin_layout Standard
21079 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21084 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21087 \begin_layout Section
21092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21101 \begin_layout Standard
21102 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21103 \begin_inset Graphics
21104 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21109 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21111 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21112 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21113 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21115 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21121 \begin_layout Standard
21122 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21126 \begin_inset space ~
21131 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21134 \begin_layout Standard
21135 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21136 line, like this one:
21139 \begin_layout Standard
21140 This is a line with an inline formula
21141 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21147 \begin_layout Standard
21148 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
21150 \begin_inset Formula \[
21155 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21158 \begin_layout Standard
21159 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21175 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21176 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21180 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21183 \begin_inset space ~
21191 \begin_layout Subsection
21192 Navigating in Formulas
21196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21205 \begin_layout Standard
21206 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21207 achieved with the arrow keys.
21208 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21209 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21214 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21215 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21219 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21223 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21225 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21233 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21238 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21239 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21242 \begin_layout Standard
21247 , printed in this document as
21248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21269 \begin_inset Note Note
21272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21273 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21274 space character (visible space).
21279 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21280 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21281 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21286 For example, if you want
21287 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21341 , since in the latter case only the
21344 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21349 will be under the square root sign:
21350 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21356 \begin_layout Standard
21357 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21359 \begin_inset Formula \[
21360 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21363 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21367 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21368 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21371 \begin_layout Subsection
21375 \begin_layout Standard
21376 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21377 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21381 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21382 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21383 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21384 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21385 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21388 \begin_layout Subsection
21389 Exponents and Subscripts
21393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21412 \begin_layout Standard
21413 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21414 way is to use a command.
21416 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21419 , type in a formula
21425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21441 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21447 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21451 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21472 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21481 , you have to use an extra
21485 to separate the hat and the character.
21488 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21509 Subscripts are similar: To get
21510 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21533 \begin_layout Subsection
21538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21547 \begin_layout Standard
21548 Create a fraction with either the command
21555 \begin_inset Graphics
21556 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21564 \begin_inset space ~
21570 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21571 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21572 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21577 To move back up, press
21582 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21583 \begin_inset Formula \[
21584 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21586 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21593 \begin_layout Subsection
21598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21607 \begin_layout Standard
21608 Roots can be created using the
21611 \begin_inset space ~
21617 \begin_inset Graphics
21618 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21641 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21647 produces always a square root.
21650 \begin_layout Subsection
21651 Operators with Limits
21655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21672 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21674 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21681 \begin_layout Standard
21683 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21687 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21690 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21691 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21692 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21693 The sum operator will automatically place its
21694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21701 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21704 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21708 \begin_inset Formula \[
21709 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21713 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21717 \begin_layout Standard
21718 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21720 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21721 behind the operator and hitting
21727 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21728 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21730 \begin_inset space ~
21734 \begin_inset space ~
21742 \begin_layout Standard
21743 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21751 feature as addition, such as
21755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21762 \begin_inset Formula \[
21763 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21767 which will place the
21768 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21780 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21781 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21787 \begin_layout Standard
21788 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21795 Have a look at section
21796 \begin_inset space ~
21800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21802 reference "sub:Functions"
21806 for an explanation of function macros.
21809 \begin_layout Subsection
21814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21823 \begin_layout Standard
21824 Most math symbols can be found in the
21827 \begin_inset space ~
21832 under one of several categories; including
21849 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21853 \begin_layout Standard
21854 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21855 you don't have to use the
21858 \begin_inset space ~
21863 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21864 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21867 \begin_layout Subsection
21872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21879 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21881 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21888 \begin_layout Standard
21889 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21898 \begin_inset space ~
21904 \begin_inset Graphics
21905 filename ../images/math/space.png
21910 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21911 Here a example for the sequence
21916 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21920 \begin_inset Graphics
21921 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21926 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21927 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21928 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21929 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21934 \begin_layout Standard
21944 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21950 \begin_layout Standard
21960 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21966 \begin_layout Subsection
21971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21978 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21980 name "sub:Functions"
21987 \begin_layout Standard
21991 \begin_inset space ~
21996 contains under the button
21997 \begin_inset Graphics
21998 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22002 a number of functions, such as
22003 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22007 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22015 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22022 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
22023 avoid confusions, because
22024 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22028 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
22034 \begin_layout Standard
22035 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22037 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22041 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22047 \begin_layout Standard
22048 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
22049 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
22050 \begin_inset space ~
22054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22056 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22063 \begin_layout Subsection
22068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22077 \begin_layout Standard
22078 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22080 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22081 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
22083 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22086 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22087 Our example is entered by typing
22095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22108 \begin_inset space ~
22112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22114 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22118 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22121 \begin_layout Standard
22122 \begin_inset Float table
22127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22128 \begin_inset Caption
22130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22131 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22133 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22137 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22147 \begin_inset Tabular
22148 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22150 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22151 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22152 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22236 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22290 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22344 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22398 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22452 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22506 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22560 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22614 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22668 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22713 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22734 \begin_layout Standard
22735 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22738 \begin_inset space ~
22744 \begin_inset Graphics
22745 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22749 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22753 \begin_layout Section
22754 Brackets and Delimiters
22758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22775 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22777 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22784 \begin_layout Standard
22785 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22786 For most purposes, using just the keys
22791 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22792 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22795 \begin_inset space ~
22801 \begin_inset Graphics
22802 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22807 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22809 \begin_inset Formula \[
22810 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22812 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22816 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22817 \begin_inset Formula \[
22818 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22825 \begin_layout Standard
22826 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22827 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22830 \begin_layout Standard
22831 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22832 left side and right side.
22833 If you use the option
22836 \begin_inset space ~
22841 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22842 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22843 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22844 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22847 \begin_layout Standard
22848 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22849 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22850 inside the brackets.
22851 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22856 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22859 \begin_layout Standard
22860 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22871 \begin_layout Section
22876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22883 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22885 name "sec:Grouping"
22892 \begin_layout Standard
22893 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22894 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22905 \begin_layout Standard
22906 \begin_inset Formula \[
22907 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22914 \begin_layout Standard
22915 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22930 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22931 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22932 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22935 \begin_layout Section
22936 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22961 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22969 \begin_layout Standard
22970 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22973 \begin_inset space ~
22979 \begin_inset Graphics
22980 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22985 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22986 Here is an example:
22987 \begin_inset Formula \[
22988 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22991 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22995 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22996 \begin_inset space ~
23000 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23002 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23007 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23008 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23009 This alignment is set in the box
23014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23062 for every column as default.
23063 For example, the sequence
23064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23075 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23076 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23077 corresponds to the relevant column.
23078 The result will look like this:
23079 \begin_inset Formula \[
23081 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23082 column & has & has\, right\\
23083 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
23090 \begin_layout Standard
23091 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23095 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23096 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23098 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23104 \begin_layout Standard
23105 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23106 It can be created with the menu
23108 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23109 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23111 \begin_inset space ~
23124 \begin_inset Formula \[
23128 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
23135 \begin_layout Standard
23136 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23139 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23147 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23156 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23164 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23165 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23166 A new row is created by every further hit of
23174 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23175 Here is an example:
23176 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23177 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23178 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
23182 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23183 where you want to start the shift and hit
23188 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23189 position to the next column.
23190 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23191 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23192 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23193 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23200 \begin_layout Standard
23201 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23208 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23209 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23212 reference "eq:asquared"
23217 The other types are described in section
23218 \begin_inset space ~
23222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23224 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23231 \begin_layout Section
23232 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23237 Math ! Formula numbering
23246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23247 Math ! Referencing formulas
23253 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23255 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23262 \begin_layout Standard
23263 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23265 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23266 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23268 \begin_inset space ~
23276 \begin_inset space ~
23282 The formula number appears in LyX as
23283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23290 within parentheses.
23292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23299 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23301 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23302 the document class.
23303 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23304 separated by a dot:
23305 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23306 1+1=2\end{equation}
23313 \begin_inset space ~
23318 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23319 You can only number displayed formulas.
23322 \begin_layout Standard
23323 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23325 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23326 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23328 \begin_inset space ~
23332 \begin_inset space ~
23336 \begin_inset space ~
23344 \begin_inset space ~
23349 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23350 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23352 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23353 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23357 To number all lines use the shortcut
23360 \begin_inset space ~
23368 \begin_layout Standard
23369 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23372 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23373 A label is inserted with the menu
23375 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23378 when the cursor is in the formula.
23379 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23380 It is recommended to use the proposed
23381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23392 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23393 type when you have many labels in your document.
23394 We inserted in the following example the label
23395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23402 in the second line:
23403 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23404 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23405 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23409 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23410 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23420 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23422 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23424 \begin_inset space ~
23430 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23431 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23432 as the formula number:
23435 \begin_layout Standard
23436 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23439 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23446 \begin_layout Standard
23447 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23448 \begin_inset space ~
23452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23454 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23459 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23465 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23470 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23478 \begin_layout Section
23479 User defined math macros
23483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23492 name "sec:math-macros"
23499 \begin_layout Standard
23500 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23501 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23502 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23504 \begin_inset Newline newline
23507 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23508 \begin_inset Formula \[
23509 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23513 The general form of its solution is:
23514 \begin_inset Formula \[
23515 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23522 \begin_layout Standard
23523 The macro should print the parameters
23524 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23528 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23532 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23535 like in the equation above.
23538 \begin_layout Standard
23539 A macro is created by executing the command
23542 \begin_layout Standard
23549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23572 \begin_inset space ~
23576 \begin_inset space ~
23582 \begin_layout Standard
23583 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23584 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23585 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23586 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23590 \begin_layout Standard
23591 We have three arguments and name the macro
23592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23599 , so that the command is:
23602 \begin_layout Standard
23609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23634 \begin_layout Standard
23635 This results in the following macro definition box:
23636 \begin_inset Graphics
23637 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23642 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23643 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23644 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23648 \begin_inset Note Note
23651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23652 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23653 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23661 \begin_layout Standard
23662 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23663 the math panel or commands.
23664 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23665 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23676 for the first argument.
23677 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23678 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23679 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23680 in LyX with its full size.
23681 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23682 In our example we insert the sequence
23683 \begin_inset Newline newline
23711 \begin_inset Newline newline
23716 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23719 \begin_layout Standard
23720 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23735 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23738 \begin_layout Standard
23740 \begin_inset Graphics
23741 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23748 \begin_layout Standard
23749 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23750 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23751 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23752 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23753 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23756 \begin_layout Standard
23757 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23758 to the new definition.
23759 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23760 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23764 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23768 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23772 \begin_inset Formula \[
23780 \begin_layout Standard
23781 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23785 \begin_layout Standard
23799 \begin_inset Newline newline
23806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23832 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23835 \begin_layout Standard
23836 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23837 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23838 definition box in your document.
23839 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23841 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23843 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23848 \begin_layout Section
23852 \begin_layout Subsection
23857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23866 \begin_layout Standard
23867 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23868 To set a font in a formula, use the
23871 \begin_inset space ~
23877 \begin_inset Graphics
23878 filename ../images/math/font.png
23882 , or enter its command, listed in table
23883 \begin_inset space ~
23887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23889 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23896 \begin_layout Standard
23897 \begin_inset Float table
23902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23903 \begin_inset Caption
23905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23906 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23908 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23912 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23922 \begin_inset Tabular
23923 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23925 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23926 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23958 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23985 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24012 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24045 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24072 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24099 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24133 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24160 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24194 \begin_layout Standard
24195 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24203 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24219 \begin_layout Standard
24220 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24221 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24226 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
24227 protected space when you need a space in the box.
24228 Here an example where a
24229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24240 denotes the set of numbers:
24241 \begin_inset Formula \[
24242 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24249 \begin_layout Standard
24250 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24261 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24265 \begin_inset Newline newline
24268 So better don't use this feature.
24271 \begin_layout Standard
24272 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24273 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24277 \begin_inset Newline newline
24280 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24286 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24287 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24293 \begin_layout Standard
24300 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24303 \begin_layout Standard
24304 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24306 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24307 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24309 \begin_inset space ~
24317 \begin_layout Subsection
24322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24331 \begin_layout Standard
24332 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24334 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24338 \begin_inset space ~
24342 \begin_inset space ~
24350 \begin_inset space ~
24356 \begin_inset Graphics
24357 filename ../images/math/font.png
24361 (alternatively the shortcut
24364 \begin_inset space ~
24370 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24371 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24372 Here is an example:
24373 \begin_inset Formula \[
24375 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24376 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24383 \begin_layout Subsection
24388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24397 \begin_layout Standard
24398 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24399 automatically chosen in most situations.
24417 For most characters,
24425 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24426 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24431 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24432 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24433 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24434 \begin_inset Graphics
24435 filename ../images/math/style.png
24440 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24441 For example, you can set
24442 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24445 , which is normally in
24454 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24458 The four styles are used in the following example:
24461 \begin_layout Standard
24462 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24466 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24470 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24474 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24480 \begin_layout Standard
24481 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24482 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24484 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24486 \begin_inset space ~
24491 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24492 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24493 will be adjusted to correspond.
24494 As example a formula in the font size
24495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24505 \begin_layout Standard
24509 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24515 \begin_layout Section
24519 \begin_layout Standard
24520 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24521 the document classes and into layout modules.
24525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24531 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24532 other than the AMS classes.
24534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24536 reference "sub:Modules"
24540 for more on layout modules.
24543 \begin_layout Section
24548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24567 \begin_layout Standard
24568 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24569 (AMS) that are in common use.
24572 \begin_layout Subsection
24573 Enabling AMS-Support
24576 \begin_layout Standard
24577 Selecting the checkbox
24580 \begin_inset space ~
24584 \begin_inset space ~
24588 \begin_inset space ~
24595 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24603 Document ! Settings
24611 \begin_inset space ~
24616 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24618 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24619 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24622 \begin_layout Subsection
24624 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24626 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24635 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24643 \begin_layout Standard
24644 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24645 LyX allows you to choose between
24666 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24669 \begin_layout Chapter
24673 \begin_layout Section
24678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24685 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24687 name "sec:Cross-References"
24694 \begin_layout Standard
24695 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24696 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24698 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24699 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24700 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24703 \begin_layout Enumerate
24707 \begin_layout Enumerate
24708 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24710 name "enu:Second-item"
24717 \begin_layout Enumerate
24721 \begin_layout Standard
24722 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24724 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24727 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24728 \begin_inset Graphics
24729 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24735 A grey label box like this:
24736 \begin_inset Graphics
24737 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24742 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24743 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24778 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24779 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24794 \begin_layout Standard
24795 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24797 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24800 or the toolbar button
24801 \begin_inset Graphics
24802 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24808 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24809 \begin_inset Graphics
24810 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24815 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24817 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24830 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24832 Here is our cross-reference:
24835 \begin_layout Standard
24837 \begin_inset space ~
24841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24843 reference "enu:Second-item"
24850 \begin_layout Standard
24851 It is recommended to use a protected space
24855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24856 described in section
24857 \begin_inset space ~
24861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24863 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24872 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24876 \begin_layout Standard
24877 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24880 \begin_layout Description
24881 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24884 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24891 \begin_layout Description
24892 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24893 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24905 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24912 \begin_layout Description
24913 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24914 \begin_inset space ~
24918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24919 LatexCommand pageref
24920 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24927 \begin_layout Description
24929 \begin_inset space ~
24933 \begin_inset space ~
24936 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24938 LatexCommand vpageref
24939 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24946 \begin_layout Description
24948 \begin_inset space ~
24952 \begin_inset space ~
24956 \begin_inset space ~
24959 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24963 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24970 \begin_layout Description
24972 \begin_inset space ~
24975 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24976 \begin_inset Newline newline
24980 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24988 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24997 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25010 \begin_layout Standard
25011 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
25012 the previous, the same, or the next page.
25014 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25018 \begin_inset space ~
25022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25036 \begin_layout Standard
25037 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
25038 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25039 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25043 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25047 \begin_layout Standard
25048 You can only use the style
25052 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25056 is always possible.
25059 \begin_layout Standard
25060 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
25061 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
25062 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
25063 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25064 \begin_inset space ~
25068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25070 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25077 \begin_layout Standard
25081 \begin_inset space ~
25085 \begin_inset space ~
25090 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
25091 The button text changes then to
25094 \begin_inset space ~
25099 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25100 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
25101 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
25105 \begin_layout Standard
25106 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
25107 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
25108 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
25111 \begin_layout Standard
25112 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
25113 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25116 \begin_layout Standard
25117 References are described in detail in the
25124 \begin_layout Section
25125 Table of Contents and other Listings
25129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25146 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25155 \begin_layout Subsection
25157 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25159 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25166 \begin_layout Standard
25167 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25169 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25170 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25172 \begin_inset space ~
25176 \begin_inset space ~
25182 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25183 If you click on it, the
25187 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25188 sections in your documents.
25189 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25191 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25194 that is described in sec.
25195 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25201 reference "sec:Navigating"
25208 \begin_layout Standard
25209 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25210 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25212 \begin_inset space ~
25216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25218 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25222 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25224 \begin_inset space ~
25228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25230 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25234 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25236 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25239 \begin_layout Subsection
25240 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25241 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25243 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25250 \begin_layout Standard
25251 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25252 You can insert them via the
25254 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25256 \begin_inset space ~
25260 \begin_inset space ~
25266 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25269 \begin_layout Section
25270 URLs and Hyperlinks
25274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25293 \begin_layout Subsection
25295 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25304 \begin_layout Standard
25305 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25307 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25313 \begin_layout Standard
25314 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25315 \begin_inset Flex URL
25318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25328 \begin_layout Standard
25329 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25335 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25339 \begin_layout Standard
25340 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25348 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25356 \begin_layout Subsection
25358 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25360 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25367 \begin_layout Standard
25368 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25370 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25373 or with the toolbar button
25374 \begin_inset Graphics
25375 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25376 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25381 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25390 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25391 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25392 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25394 name "LyX's homepage"
25395 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25399 , an Email address like this:
25400 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25402 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25403 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25408 , or a link to a file.
25411 \begin_layout Standard
25412 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25425 to the link target.
25428 \begin_layout Standard
25429 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25430 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25431 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25432 the text style dialog.
25433 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25437 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25439 name "LyX's homepage"
25440 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25447 \begin_layout Standard
25448 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25452 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25454 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25455 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25459 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25461 \begin_inset Newline newline
25469 \begin_inset Newline newline
25476 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25479 \begin_layout Section
25484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25491 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25493 name "sec:Appendices"
25500 \begin_layout Standard
25501 Appendices are created with the menu
25503 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25505 \begin_inset space ~
25509 \begin_inset space ~
25515 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25516 as appendix region.
25517 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25520 \begin_layout Standard
25521 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25522 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25523 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25524 and the subsection number.
25525 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25529 \begin_layout Standard
25531 \begin_inset space ~
25535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25537 reference "cha:Credits"
25542 \begin_inset space ~
25546 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25548 reference "sub:Export"
25555 \begin_layout Section
25560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25567 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25569 name "sec:Bibliography"
25576 \begin_layout Standard
25577 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25578 You can include a bibliography database
25582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25583 Known under the name
25584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25596 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25598 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25602 , described in section
25603 \begin_inset space ~
25607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25609 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25616 \begin_layout Standard
25621 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25623 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25632 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25634 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25643 , a short form of its title, as key.
25646 \begin_layout Standard
25647 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25649 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25652 or the toolbar button
25653 \begin_inset Graphics
25654 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25655 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25660 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25661 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25662 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25663 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25667 \begin_layout Standard
25668 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25669 with surrounding brackets.
25674 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25675 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25687 \begin_layout Standard
25690 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25693 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25695 key "latexcompanion"
25702 \begin_layout Standard
25703 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25704 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25713 \begin_layout Subsection
25714 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25719 Bibliography ! Databases
25728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25729 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25735 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25737 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25744 \begin_layout Standard
25745 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25747 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25749 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25750 your working field in a database.
25751 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25752 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25755 \begin_layout Standard
25756 The database is a text file with the file extension
25757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25768 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25769 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25770 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25772 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25777 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25779 \begin_inset Newline newline
25783 \begin_inset Flex URL
25786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25788 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25794 \begin_inset Newline newline
25797 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25800 \begin_layout Standard
25801 To use a database, use the menu
25803 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25808 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25821 \begin_inset space ~
25827 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25828 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25831 \begin_layout Standard
25832 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25844 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25845 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25846 take care of the layout.
25849 \begin_layout Standard
25850 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25853 \begin_layout Standard
25854 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25860 \begin_layout Standard
25861 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25863 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25897 \begin_inset space ~
25903 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25911 \begin_layout Standard
25912 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25918 \begin_layout Standard
25919 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25920 the two methods of creating them.
25921 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25922 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25923 We used the style file
25927 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25930 \begin_layout Subsection
25931 Bibliography layout
25935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25936 Bibliography ! Layout
25944 \begin_layout Standard
25945 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25946 For this feature you need to use the option
25952 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25960 Document ! Settings
25970 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25971 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25972 in the previous section.
25975 \begin_layout Standard
25976 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25977 in the citation reference window.
25978 Here an example where we set the text
25979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25983 \begin_inset space ~
25987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25990 to appear after the reference:
25993 \begin_layout Standard
25995 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25998 key "latexcompanion"
26005 \begin_layout Section
26010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26017 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26026 \begin_layout Standard
26027 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26029 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26031 \begin_inset space ~
26036 or the toolbar button
26037 \begin_inset Graphics
26038 filename ../images/index-insert.png
26039 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26056 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26057 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26058 by LyX as index entry.
26061 \begin_layout Standard
26062 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26063 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26065 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26067 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26074 \begin_layout Standard
26075 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
26078 \begin_layout Standard
26079 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
26081 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26083 \begin_inset space ~
26087 \begin_inset space ~
26090 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26092 \begin_inset space ~
26098 A light blue box labeled
26099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26110 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26111 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26114 \begin_layout Subsection
26115 Grouping Index Entries
26119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26128 \begin_layout Standard
26129 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26131 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26132 lists under the entry
26133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26141 First we create the entry
26142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26150 \begin_inset space ~
26154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26156 reference "sub:Lists"
26161 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26162 \begin_inset space ~
26166 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26168 reference "sec:Itemize"
26172 , we insert the command
26175 \begin_layout Standard
26181 \begin_layout Standard
26185 \begin_layout Standard
26191 \begin_layout Standard
26192 for the enumerated list in section
26193 \begin_inset space ~
26197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26199 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26206 \begin_layout Standard
26207 The exclamation mark
26208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26215 marks the grouping levels.
26216 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26217 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26218 If we don't have an index entry for
26219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26226 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26229 \begin_layout Subsection
26234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26235 Index ! Page ranges
26243 \begin_layout Standard
26244 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26246 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26247 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26249 \begin_inset space ~
26253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26255 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26262 \begin_layout Standard
26265 Paragraph environments|(
26268 \begin_layout Standard
26269 and another entry at the end of section
26270 \begin_inset space ~
26274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26276 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26283 \begin_layout Standard
26286 Paragraph environments|)
26289 \begin_layout Standard
26291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26314 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26315 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26316 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26317 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26318 An example is the index entry
26319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26322 Document ! Settings
26323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26329 \begin_layout Subsection
26334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26335 Index ! Cross referencing
26343 \begin_layout Standard
26344 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26345 We referred for example in the index entry
26346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26354 \begin_inset space ~
26358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26360 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26364 ) to the index entry
26365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26372 in the same section using the entry
26375 \begin_layout Standard
26378 GIF|see{Image formats}
26381 \begin_layout Standard
26382 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26383 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26384 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26387 \begin_layout Subsection
26392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26393 Index ! Entry order
26401 \begin_layout Standard
26402 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26403 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26404 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26409 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26411 \begin_inset space ~
26415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26417 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26426 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26427 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26456 Dummy entries ! maïs
26465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26466 Dummy entries ! maître
26475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26476 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26481 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26482 order maïs, maison, maître.
26483 To achieve this, we use the command
26486 \begin_layout Standard
26489 previous entry@current entry
26492 \begin_layout Standard
26493 In our case we want to have
26494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26509 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26512 \begin_layout Standard
26518 \begin_layout Standard
26519 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26520 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26524 \begin_layout Subsection
26529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26530 Index ! Entry layout
26538 \begin_layout Standard
26539 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26546 This is an italic dummy entry
26551 You can also format the page number using the character
26552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26559 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26560 We can write for example
26563 \begin_layout Standard
26566 italic page number:|textit
26569 \begin_layout Standard
26570 to get the page number in italic.
26574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26575 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26580 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26598 \begin_inset space ~
26604 Have a look at section
26605 \begin_inset space ~
26609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26611 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26615 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26618 \begin_layout Standard
26619 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26627 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26631 to generate the index, see section
26632 \begin_inset space ~
26636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26638 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26647 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26648 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26650 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26653 key "latexcompanion"
26665 \begin_layout Standard
26666 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26668 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26669 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26670 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26671 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26672 If so, put the following in preamble
26675 \begin_layout Standard
26687 \begin_layout Standard
26691 \begin_layout Standard
26697 \begin_layout Standard
26698 into the index entry.
26702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26703 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26708 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26709 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26710 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26713 \begin_layout Standard
26714 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26720 \begin_inset space ~
26723 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26724 for all index entries.
26725 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26737 documentation for details,
26738 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26740 key "makeindex,xindy"
26747 \begin_layout Subsection
26752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26759 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26761 name "sub:Index-Program"
26768 \begin_layout Standard
26769 When the index entry program
26773 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26774 generation, otherwise the program
26778 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26779 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26780 dialog, see section
26781 \begin_inset space ~
26785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26787 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26792 The available options are listed and explained in
26793 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26795 key "makeindex,xindy"
26800 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26803 \begin_layout Standard
26808 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26809 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26811 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26813 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26814 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26822 \begin_layout Section
26823 Nomenclature / Glossary
26827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26866 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26868 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26875 \begin_layout Standard
26876 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26877 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26881 \begin_layout Standard
26882 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26891 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26897 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26898 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26904 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26907 \begin_layout Standard
26908 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26909 and then use the menu
26911 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26917 \begin_inset space ~
26922 or the toolbar button
26923 \begin_inset Graphics
26924 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26925 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26942 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26945 \begin_layout Standard
26946 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26947 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26948 The second is the description of the symbol.
26951 \begin_layout Standard
26952 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26960 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26968 \begin_layout Subsection
26969 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26974 Nomenclature ! Layout
26982 \begin_layout Standard
26983 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26987 field as LaTeX-formula.
26989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26993 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27001 \begin_inset Newline newline
27009 \begin_inset Newline newline
27015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27022 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
27023 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27035 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27045 \begin_layout Standard
27046 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27047 \begin_inset space ~
27051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27053 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27060 \begin_layout Standard
27064 \begin_inset space ~
27069 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27070 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27075 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27082 in this document is:
27083 \begin_inset Newline newline
27088 dummy entry for the character
27093 \begin_inset Newline newline
27105 \begin_inset space ~
27115 font use the command
27144 \begin_layout Subsection
27145 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27150 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27158 \begin_layout Standard
27159 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27160 the symbol definition.
27161 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27162 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27165 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27166 LatexCommand nomenclature
27168 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27175 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27179 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27180 LatexCommand nomenclature
27183 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27188 They will be sorted by
27189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27215 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27218 will be sorted before the
27222 since the character
27223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27230 is considered in sorting.
27233 \begin_layout Standard
27234 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27237 \begin_inset space ~
27242 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27243 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27245 For the given example, you can insert
27249 to this field for the
27250 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27257 will be located before
27258 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27264 \begin_layout Standard
27265 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27270 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27279 \begin_layout Subsection
27280 Nomenclature Options
27284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27285 Nomenclature ! Options
27293 \begin_layout Standard
27298 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27299 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27302 \begin_layout Description
27303 refeq Appends the phrase
27304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27319 to every nomenclature entry, where
27325 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27328 \begin_layout Description
27329 refpage Appends the phrase
27330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27345 to every nomenclature entry, where
27351 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27354 \begin_layout Description
27355 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27358 \begin_layout Standard
27359 There are furthermore the options
27403 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27407 \begin_layout Standard
27408 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27409 class options list in the
27411 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27415 In this document the options
27426 \begin_layout Standard
27427 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27433 \begin_layout Standard
27434 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27435 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27440 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27443 \begin_layout Description
27453 \begin_layout Description
27456 nomrefpage Like the
27463 \begin_layout Description
27466 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27475 \begin_layout Description
27479 \begin_inset space ~
27485 \begin_inset space ~
27490 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27493 \begin_layout Subsection
27494 Printing the Nomenclature
27498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27499 Nomenclature ! Printing
27507 \begin_layout Standard
27508 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27510 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27512 \begin_inset space ~
27516 \begin_inset space ~
27519 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27523 A light blue box labeled
27524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27535 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27536 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27539 \begin_layout Standard
27540 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27549 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27557 For example, in order to change the name to
27561 , add the following line to the preamble:
27564 \begin_layout Standard
27572 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27575 \begin_layout Standard
27576 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27582 \begin_layout Standard
27583 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27584 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27587 \begin_layout Standard
27595 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27598 \begin_layout Standard
27601 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27602 \begin_inset space ~
27606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27608 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27613 The default value is 1
27614 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27620 \begin_layout Section
27625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27636 Document ! Branches
27642 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27644 name "sec:Branches"
27651 \begin_layout Standard
27652 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27653 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27654 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27655 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27658 \begin_layout Standard
27659 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27660 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27661 To create a branch, go in the
27663 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27671 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27672 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27675 \begin_layout Standard
27676 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27677 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27679 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27682 where you can choose a branch.
27683 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27686 \begin_layout Standard
27687 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27688 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27691 \begin_layout Standard
27692 \begin_inset Branch Question
27695 \begin_layout Standard
27696 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27704 \begin_layout Standard
27705 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27708 \begin_layout Standard
27709 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27717 \begin_layout Standard
27718 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27724 \begin_layout Standard
27725 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27726 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27728 For example you can define for the question branch
27732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27733 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27734 \begin_inset space ~
27738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27740 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27752 \begin_layout Standard
27762 \begin_layout Standard
27772 \begin_layout Standard
27773 and for the answer branch
27776 \begin_layout Standard
27786 \begin_layout Standard
27796 \begin_layout Standard
27797 \begin_inset Branch Question
27800 \begin_layout Standard
27804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27832 \begin_layout Standard
27833 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27836 \begin_layout Standard
27840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27868 \begin_layout Standard
27869 Now it is possible to use the commands
27873 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27880 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27883 to obtain conditional output.
27884 Here is an example formula where only the
27891 \begin_inset Formula \[
27892 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27899 \begin_layout Standard
27900 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27901 \begin_inset space ~
27905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27907 reference "sec:math-macros"
27914 \begin_layout Section
27916 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27918 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27935 \begin_layout Standard
27940 dialog provides under
27944 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27945 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27954 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27962 \begin_layout Standard
27967 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27968 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27969 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27971 You can specify in the dialog tab
27975 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27977 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27978 entries, showing where in the document the entry is referenced.
27981 \begin_layout Standard
27986 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27987 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27988 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27990 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27991 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27993 \begin_inset space ~
27996 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27997 \begin_inset space ~
28000 1 will only display the sections.
28003 \begin_layout Standard
28004 The header informations in the dialog tab
28008 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28009 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
28010 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28014 \begin_inset space ~
28017 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
28018 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28021 Automatic fill header
28023 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
28024 title and author settings.
28027 \begin_layout Standard
28030 Load in fullscreen mode
28032 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28035 \begin_layout Standard
28036 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28037 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28043 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
28044 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28053 \begin_layout Section
28054 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28055 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28057 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28064 \begin_layout Subsection
28069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28076 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28078 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28085 \begin_layout Standard
28086 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28087 constructs, but not all.
28088 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28089 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
28090 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28091 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28092 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28096 \begin_layout Standard
28097 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28099 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
28101 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28103 \begin_inset space ~
28108 or by the toolbar button
28109 \begin_inset Graphics
28110 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28115 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28119 \begin_layout Standard
28120 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28121 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28122 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
28129 , you can write the command part
28135 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28139 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28140 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28141 the following example:
28144 \begin_layout Standard
28145 \begin_inset Graphics
28146 filename clipart/ERT.png
28154 \begin_layout Standard
28158 \begin_layout Standard
28159 This is a line with a
28163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28186 \begin_layout Standard
28187 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28195 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28196 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28204 \begin_layout Subsection
28205 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28206 \begin_inset OptArg
28209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28226 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28228 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28235 \begin_layout Standard
28236 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28237 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28238 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28247 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28248 every time if you know the right commands.
28250 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
28251 the end of the day.
28252 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28253 all caption labels bold.
28254 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28256 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
28259 \begin_layout Standard
28260 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28261 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
28262 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28264 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28273 \begin_layout Standard
28274 As result you know that the package
28282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28283 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28289 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28291 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28297 \begin_layout Standard
28302 usepackage[options]{package name}
28305 \begin_layout Standard
28306 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28307 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28308 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28311 \begin_layout Standard
28312 In your case the package name is
28317 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28322 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28323 So you add the command
28326 \begin_layout Standard
28331 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28334 \begin_layout Standard
28335 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28340 For more commands provided by the
28344 package, have a look at its documentation,
28345 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28359 \begin_layout Standard
28360 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28362 For example if you use a
28366 class, you don't need the package
28370 , you can instead write
28373 \begin_layout Standard
28378 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28383 \begin_layout Standard
28384 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28385 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28386 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28393 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28396 \begin_layout Standard
28397 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28398 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28400 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28401 the previous section.
28404 \begin_layout Standard
28405 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28407 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28409 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28417 \begin_layout Section
28418 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28419 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28421 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28448 \begin_layout Standard
28449 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28450 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28451 to break your train of thought with
28453 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28459 \begin_layout Standard
28460 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28461 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28470 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28475 as explained below, and turn on
28478 \begin_inset space ~
28485 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28491 \begin_inset space ~
28495 \begin_inset space ~
28498 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28504 \begin_layout Standard
28505 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28507 Previews of an already loaded document are
28511 generated just by selecting the
28514 \begin_inset space ~
28519 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28522 \begin_layout Standard
28523 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28524 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28527 \begin_inset space ~
28532 check box in the insert dialog.
28533 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28537 \begin_layout Standard
28538 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28542 (on some systems named simply
28547 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28549 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28555 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28556 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28564 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28568 \begin_layout Standard
28569 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28575 \begin_layout Standard
28576 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28580 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28582 \begin_inset space ~
28587 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28588 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28590 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28591 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28592 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28593 the source view window.
28596 \begin_layout Section
28598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28600 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28617 \begin_layout Standard
28618 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28619 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28636 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28642 can be seen as successor of
28646 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28651 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28652 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28660 \begin_layout Standard
28661 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28662 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28669 \begin_layout Standard
28672 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28675 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28676 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28677 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28678 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28679 scrolled so that it is visible.
28684 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28686 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28690 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28691 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28694 \begin_layout Standard
28695 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28698 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28702 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28703 will bring an error message.
28704 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28705 specifying a different
28707 Alternative language
28709 in preferences dialog.
28712 \begin_layout Standard
28713 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28716 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28720 \begin_layout Standard
28721 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28722 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28724 But you can use the
28727 \begin_inset space ~
28731 \begin_inset space ~
28739 \begin_layout Standard
28740 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28741 This does work with
28745 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28748 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28752 \begin_layout Standard
28757 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28760 \begin_layout Description
28762 \begin_inset space ~
28765 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28766 should consider, e.g.
28767 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28768 This should not normally be needed.
28771 \begin_layout Description
28773 \begin_inset space ~
28776 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28777 as your personal dictionary
28780 \begin_layout Description
28782 \begin_inset space ~
28786 \begin_inset space ~
28789 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28801 \begin_layout Description
28803 \begin_inset space ~
28807 \begin_inset space ~
28810 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28812 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28819 also for the spellchecker.
28823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28824 The encodings are explained in section
28825 \begin_inset space ~
28829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28831 reference "sub:Settings"
28840 Only enable this if you use
28844 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28845 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28846 so this is disabled by default.
28849 \begin_layout Section
28854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28861 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28863 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28870 \begin_layout Standard
28871 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28874 \begin_layout Standard
28875 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28878 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28881 or the toolbar button
28882 \begin_inset Graphics
28883 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28884 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28885 rotateOrigin center
28890 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28894 \begin_layout Standard
28895 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28896 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28897 cases to find related words.
28900 \begin_layout Standard
28901 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28903 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28911 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28920 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28939 \begin_layout Section
28944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28955 Document ! Change Tracking
28961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28963 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28970 \begin_layout Standard
28971 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28972 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28973 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28974 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28976 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28978 \begin_inset space ~
28981 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28983 \begin_inset space ~
28991 \begin_layout Standard
28992 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
29001 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29004 \begin_inset space ~
29008 \begin_inset space ~
29021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29030 \begin_layout Standard
29031 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29044 \begin_layout Standard
29045 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29051 \begin_layout Standard
29052 \begin_inset Graphics
29053 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29060 \begin_layout Standard
29061 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29067 \begin_layout Standard
29068 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29072 \begin_layout Standard
29073 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29079 \begin_layout Standard
29080 \begin_inset Tabular
29081 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29082 <features islongtable="true">
29083 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29084 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29085 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29090 \begin_inset Graphics
29091 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29092 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29093 rotateOrigin center
29102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29108 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29110 \begin_inset space ~
29113 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29115 \begin_inset space ~
29124 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29129 \begin_inset Graphics
29130 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29131 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29132 rotateOrigin center
29141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29147 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29149 \begin_inset space ~
29152 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29154 \begin_inset space ~
29158 \begin_inset space ~
29162 \begin_inset space ~
29171 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29176 \begin_inset Graphics
29177 filename ../images/change-next.png
29178 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29179 rotateOrigin center
29188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29192 Jumps to the next change
29198 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29203 \begin_inset Graphics
29204 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29205 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29206 rotateOrigin center
29215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29221 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29223 \begin_inset space ~
29226 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29228 \begin_inset space ~
29237 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29242 \begin_inset Graphics
29243 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29244 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29245 rotateOrigin center
29254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29260 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29262 \begin_inset space ~
29265 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29267 \begin_inset space ~
29276 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29281 \begin_inset Graphics
29282 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29283 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29284 rotateOrigin center
29293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29299 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29301 \begin_inset space ~
29304 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29306 \begin_inset space ~
29315 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29320 \begin_inset Graphics
29321 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29322 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29323 rotateOrigin center
29332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29338 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29340 \begin_inset space ~
29343 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29345 \begin_inset space ~
29349 \begin_inset space ~
29358 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29363 \begin_inset Graphics
29364 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29365 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29366 rotateOrigin center
29375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29381 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29383 \begin_inset space ~
29386 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29388 \begin_inset space ~
29392 \begin_inset space ~
29401 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29406 \begin_inset Graphics
29407 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29408 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29409 rotateOrigin center
29418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29424 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29425 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29427 \begin_inset space ~
29436 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29441 \begin_inset Graphics
29442 filename ../images/note-next.png
29443 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29444 rotateOrigin center
29453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29459 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29461 \begin_inset space ~
29477 \begin_layout Standard
29478 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29484 \begin_layout Standard
29485 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29486 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29487 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29488 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29489 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29490 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29491 step to the next change.
29492 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29495 \begin_layout Standard
29496 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29497 to describe a change.
29500 \begin_layout Standard
29501 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29510 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29516 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29517 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29523 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29526 \begin_layout Section
29527 International Support
29531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29532 International support
29540 \begin_layout Standard
29541 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29542 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29543 how to set up LyX to use them:
29544 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29546 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29553 \begin_layout Standard
29554 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29555 \begin_inset space ~
29559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29561 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29568 \begin_layout Subsection
29573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29584 Document ! Settings
29593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29594 Document ! Language
29602 \begin_layout Standard
29605 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29608 dialog lets you set
29610 the language and character encoding for your language.
29614 \begin_layout Standard
29615 Choose your language in the
29619 section of this dialog.
29627 \begin_layout Standard
29632 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29636 use language's default encoding
29638 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29639 For details about the different encoding options see section
29640 \begin_inset space ~
29644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29646 reference "sub:Settings"
29653 \begin_layout Subsection
29654 Keyboard mapping configuration
29655 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29657 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29664 \begin_layout Standard
29665 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29666 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29667 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29668 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29669 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29671 \begin_inset space ~
29675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29677 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29682 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29683 which one you want to use.
29686 \begin_layout Standard
29687 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29688 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29689 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29690 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29691 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29692 one to support the characters you want.
29693 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29700 \begin_layout Subsection
29702 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29711 \begin_layout Standard
29713 \begin_inset space ~
29717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29719 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29728 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29732 \begin_layout Standard
29733 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29734 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29742 \begin_layout Itemize
29743 Even if you have selected
29749 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29752 dialog, users who have only the
29756 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29760 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29761 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29762 french quotes won't show up.
29765 \begin_layout Standard
29766 \begin_inset Float table
29771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29772 \begin_inset Caption
29774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29775 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29777 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29795 \begin_inset Tabular
29796 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29798 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29799 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29800 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29801 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29802 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29803 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29804 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29805 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29806 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29807 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29808 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29809 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29810 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29811 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29812 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29813 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29814 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34227 \begin_layout Standard
34228 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34230 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34231 also the characters from
34243 \begin_layout Itemize
34252 \begin_layout Standard
34253 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34254 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34260 \begin_layout Standard
34261 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34262 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34268 \begin_layout Standard
34269 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34270 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34276 \begin_layout Standard
34277 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34278 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34284 \begin_layout Standard
34286 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34292 \begin_layout Standard
34294 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34300 \begin_layout Standard
34302 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34309 \begin_layout Itemize
34322 \begin_layout Standard
34324 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34330 \begin_layout Standard
34332 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34338 \begin_layout Standard
34340 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34346 \begin_layout Standard
34348 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34354 \begin_layout Standard
34356 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34362 \begin_layout Standard
34364 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34371 \begin_layout Standard
34372 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34373 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34374 Also make sure you're using the
34381 \begin_layout Chapter
34384 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34386 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34393 \begin_layout Standard
34394 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34395 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34396 inside the user's guide.
34399 \begin_layout Section
34404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34413 \begin_layout Standard
34418 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34419 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34422 \begin_layout Subsection
34426 \begin_layout Standard
34427 Creates a new document.
34430 \begin_layout Subsection
34434 \begin_layout Standard
34435 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34436 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34437 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34440 \begin_layout Subsection
34444 \begin_layout Standard
34448 \begin_layout Subsection
34452 \begin_layout Standard
34453 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34454 Click there on a file to open it.
34457 \begin_layout Subsection
34461 \begin_layout Standard
34462 Closes the current document.
34465 \begin_layout Subsection
34469 \begin_layout Standard
34470 Saves the actual document.
34473 \begin_layout Subsection
34477 \begin_layout Standard
34478 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34481 \begin_layout Subsection
34485 \begin_layout Standard
34486 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34489 \begin_layout Subsection
34493 \begin_layout Standard
34494 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34495 It is described in the section
34497 Version Control in LyX
34502 \begin_inset space ~
34510 \begin_layout Subsection
34514 \begin_layout Standard
34515 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34516 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34517 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34520 \begin_layout Standard
34521 When using the menu
34524 \begin_inset space ~
34528 \begin_inset space ~
34533 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34534 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34535 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34536 will start a new paragraph.
34539 \begin_layout Subsection
34541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34550 \begin_layout Standard
34551 You can export your document to various file formats.
34552 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34553 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34554 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34557 \begin_layout Standard
34558 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34560 \begin_inset space ~
34564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34566 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34573 \begin_layout Description
34577 \begin_inset space ~
34582 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34583 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34586 \begin_layout Description
34594 \begin_layout Description
34595 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34599 \begin_layout Description
34601 \begin_inset space ~
34605 \begin_inset space ~
34608 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34612 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34620 \begin_layout Description
34627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34635 \begin_inset space ~
34640 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34641 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34645 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34648 \begin_layout Description
34655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34663 \begin_inset space ~
34668 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34669 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34677 \begin_layout Description
34679 \begin_inset space ~
34682 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34690 is replaced by the version number)
34693 \begin_layout Description
34694 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34707 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34711 \begin_layout Description
34716 PDF-format using the program
34721 \begin_layout Description
34725 \begin_inset space ~
34730 PDF-format using the program
34735 \begin_layout Description
34739 \begin_inset space ~
34744 PDF-format using the program
34749 \begin_layout Description
34753 \begin_inset space ~
34761 \begin_layout Description
34765 \begin_inset space ~
34769 \begin_inset space ~
34774 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34775 and then exported as text using the program
34780 \begin_layout Description
34785 PostScript format using the program
34790 \begin_layout Description
34798 \begin_layout Standard
34803 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34804 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34810 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34813 \begin_layout Standard
34814 If one of the menu entries
34821 \begin_inset space ~
34830 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34831 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34832 \begin_inset space ~
34836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34838 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34847 Reconfiguration of LyX
34855 \begin_layout Standard
34860 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34861 the export program.
34864 \begin_layout Subsection
34868 \begin_layout Standard
34869 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34870 or send it to a printer.
34871 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34872 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34878 For more informations have a look at section
34879 \begin_inset space ~
34883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34885 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34892 \begin_layout Subsection
34893 New and Close Window
34896 \begin_layout Standard
34897 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34898 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34901 \begin_layout Section
34906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34915 \begin_layout Subsection
34919 \begin_layout Standard
34920 Described in section
34921 \begin_inset space ~
34925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34927 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34934 \begin_layout Subsection
34935 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34938 \begin_layout Standard
34939 Described in section
34940 \begin_inset space ~
34944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34946 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34953 \begin_layout Subsection
34957 \begin_layout Standard
34958 Selects the whole document.
34961 \begin_layout Subsection
34965 \begin_layout Standard
34966 Described in section
34967 \begin_inset space ~
34971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34973 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34980 \begin_layout Subsection
34981 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34984 \begin_layout Standard
34985 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34989 \begin_layout Subsection
34993 \begin_layout Standard
34994 Described in section
34995 \begin_inset space ~
34999 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35001 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35008 \begin_layout Subsection
35013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35014 Paragraph ! Settings
35022 \begin_layout Standard
35023 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
35025 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
35028 \begin_layout Standard
35029 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
35030 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
35033 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35039 \begin_inset space ~
35047 \begin_layout Subsection
35051 \begin_layout Standard
35052 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
35053 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
35054 The properties of tables are described in section
35055 \begin_inset space ~
35059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35061 reference "sec:Tables"
35065 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35066 \begin_inset space ~
35070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35072 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35079 \begin_layout Subsection
35080 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35083 \begin_layout Standard
35084 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
35086 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35087 \begin_inset space ~
35091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35093 reference "sec:Nesting"
35098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35100 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35107 \begin_layout Section
35112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35121 \begin_layout Standard
35126 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35127 document with an external program.
35128 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35129 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35130 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35131 \begin_inset space ~
35135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35137 reference "sub:Export"
35142 You should at least see the menu entries
35149 \begin_inset space ~
35155 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35156 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35157 \begin_inset space ~
35161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35163 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35172 Reconfiguration of LyX
35180 \begin_layout Standard
35181 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35182 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35183 \begin_inset space ~
35187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35189 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35194 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35197 \begin_layout Standard
35198 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35201 At the bottom of the
35205 menu the opened documents are listed.
35208 \begin_layout Subsection
35209 Open/Close all Insets
35212 \begin_layout Standard
35213 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35216 \begin_layout Subsection
35217 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35220 \begin_layout Standard
35221 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35224 \begin_layout Standard
35225 More about math macros will be described in the
35232 \begin_layout Subsection
35236 \begin_layout Standard
35237 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35239 \begin_inset space ~
35243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35245 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35252 \begin_layout Subsection
35256 \begin_layout Standard
35257 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35258 opening a new view window.
35261 \begin_layout Subsection
35265 \begin_layout Standard
35266 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35267 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
35268 the same document, but at different positions.
35269 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
35270 or more documents the same time.
35271 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35278 \begin_layout Subsection
35282 \begin_layout Standard
35283 Closes a split view.
35286 \begin_layout Subsection
35290 \begin_layout Standard
35291 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
35292 that you will see nothing than your text.
35293 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35294 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35295 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
35298 \begin_layout Subsection
35300 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35302 name "sub:Toolbars"
35310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35319 \begin_layout Standard
35320 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35321 All toolbars and the
35324 \begin_inset space ~
35329 can be turned on and off.
35334 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35346 \begin_inset space ~
35355 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35359 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35366 \begin_layout Standard
35371 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35375 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35376 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35377 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35378 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35379 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35382 \begin_layout Standard
35383 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35384 \begin_inset space ~
35388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35390 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35397 \begin_layout Section
35402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35411 \begin_layout Subsection
35415 \begin_layout Standard
35416 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35417 \begin_inset space ~
35421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35423 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35434 \begin_layout Subsection
35436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35438 name "sub:Special-Character"
35445 \begin_layout Standard
35446 Here you can insert the following characters:
35449 \begin_layout Description
35450 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35451 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35452 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35453 \begin_inset Newline newline
35457 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35465 Not all characters will be visible in the
35469 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35477 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35481 ) can display every character.
35489 \begin_layout Description
35490 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35494 \begin_layout Description
35496 \begin_inset space ~
35500 \begin_inset space ~
35503 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35504 \begin_inset space ~
35508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35510 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35517 \begin_layout Description
35519 \begin_inset space ~
35522 Quote Inserts this quote:
35523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35526 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35528 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35538 \begin_layout Description
35540 \begin_inset space ~
35543 Quote Inserts this quote:
35544 \begin_inset Quotes els
35550 \begin_layout Description
35552 \begin_inset space ~
35555 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35559 \begin_layout Description
35561 \begin_inset space ~
35564 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35568 \begin_layout Description
35570 \begin_inset space ~
35573 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35577 \begin_layout Description
35579 \begin_inset space ~
35586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35597 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35602 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35603 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35604 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35613 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35619 \begin_inset Newline newline
35622 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35626 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35634 and this Wiki-page:
35635 \begin_inset Newline newline
35639 \begin_inset Flex URL
35642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35644 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35652 \begin_layout Subsection
35656 \begin_layout Standard
35657 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35660 \begin_layout Description
35661 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35662 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35668 \begin_layout Description
35669 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35670 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35676 \begin_layout Description
35678 \begin_inset space ~
35681 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35682 \begin_inset space ~
35686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35688 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35695 \begin_layout Description
35697 \begin_inset space ~
35700 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35701 \begin_inset space ~
35705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35707 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35714 \begin_layout Description
35716 \begin_inset space ~
35719 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35720 \begin_inset space ~
35724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35726 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35733 \begin_layout Description
35735 \begin_inset space ~
35738 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35739 \begin_inset space ~
35743 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35745 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35752 \begin_layout Description
35754 \begin_inset space ~
35757 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35758 \begin_inset space ~
35762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35764 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35771 \begin_layout Description
35773 \begin_inset space ~
35776 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35777 \begin_inset space ~
35781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35783 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35790 \begin_layout Description
35792 \begin_inset space ~
35795 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35796 \begin_inset space ~
35800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35802 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35809 \begin_layout Description
35811 \begin_inset space ~
35814 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35815 \begin_inset space ~
35819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35821 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35828 \begin_layout Description
35830 \begin_inset space ~
35834 \begin_inset space ~
35837 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35838 \begin_inset space ~
35842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35844 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35851 \begin_layout Description
35853 \begin_inset space ~
35856 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35857 text line to the page border, see section
35858 \begin_inset space ~
35862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35864 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35871 \begin_layout Description
35873 \begin_inset space ~
35876 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35877 \begin_inset space ~
35881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35883 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35890 \begin_layout Description
35892 \begin_inset space ~
35895 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35896 text page to the page border, described in section
35897 \begin_inset space ~
35901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35903 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35910 \begin_layout Description
35912 \begin_inset space ~
35915 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35916 \begin_inset space ~
35920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35922 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35929 \begin_layout Description
35931 \begin_inset space ~
35935 \begin_inset space ~
35938 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35939 \begin_inset space ~
35943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35945 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35952 \begin_layout Subsection
35956 \begin_layout Standard
35957 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35958 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35960 \begin_inset space ~
35964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35966 reference "sec:toc"
35971 The index list is described in section
35972 \begin_inset space ~
35976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35978 reference "sec:Index"
35982 , the nomenclature in section
35983 \begin_inset space ~
35987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35989 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35993 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35994 \begin_inset space ~
35998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36000 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36007 \begin_layout Subsection
36011 \begin_layout Standard
36012 To insert floats, described in section
36013 \begin_inset space ~
36017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36019 reference "sec:Floats"
36026 \begin_layout Subsection
36030 \begin_layout Standard
36031 To insert notes, described in section
36032 \begin_inset space ~
36036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36038 reference "sec:Notes"
36045 \begin_layout Subsection
36049 \begin_layout Standard
36050 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36051 \begin_inset space ~
36055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36057 reference "sec:Branches"
36064 \begin_layout Subsection
36069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36078 \begin_layout Standard
36079 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
36080 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
36091 \begin_layout Subsection
36096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36105 \begin_layout Standard
36106 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36107 \begin_inset space ~
36111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36113 reference "sec:Minipages"
36118 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
36129 \begin_layout Subsection
36133 \begin_layout Standard
36134 Inserts a citation as described in section
36135 \begin_inset space ~
36139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36141 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36148 \begin_layout Subsection
36152 \begin_layout Standard
36153 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36154 \begin_inset space ~
36158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36160 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36167 \begin_layout Subsection
36171 \begin_layout Standard
36172 Inserts a label as described in section
36173 \begin_inset space ~
36177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36179 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36186 \begin_layout Subsection
36191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36202 Longtables ! Caption
36210 \begin_layout Standard
36211 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
36212 Floats are described in section
36213 \begin_inset space ~
36217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36219 reference "sec:Floats"
36223 , captions in longtables are described in section
36234 \begin_layout Subsection
36238 \begin_layout Standard
36239 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36240 \begin_inset space ~
36244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36246 reference "sec:Index"
36253 \begin_layout Subsection
36257 \begin_layout Standard
36258 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36259 \begin_inset space ~
36263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36265 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36272 \begin_layout Subsection
36276 \begin_layout Standard
36278 Tables are described in section
36279 \begin_inset space ~
36283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36285 reference "sec:Tables"
36292 \begin_layout Subsection
36296 \begin_layout Standard
36298 Graphics are described in section
36299 \begin_inset space ~
36303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36305 reference "sec:Graphics"
36312 \begin_layout Subsection
36316 \begin_layout Standard
36317 Inserts an URL as described in section
36318 \begin_inset space ~
36322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36324 reference "sub:URLs"
36331 \begin_layout Subsection
36335 \begin_layout Standard
36336 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36337 \begin_inset space ~
36341 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36343 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36350 \begin_layout Subsection
36354 \begin_layout Standard
36355 Inserts a footnote, see section
36356 \begin_inset space ~
36360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36362 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36369 \begin_layout Subsection
36373 \begin_layout Standard
36374 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36375 \begin_inset space ~
36379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36381 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36388 \begin_layout Subsection
36392 \begin_layout Standard
36393 Inserts a short title, see section
36394 \begin_inset space ~
36398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36400 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36407 \begin_layout Subsection
36411 \begin_layout Standard
36412 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36413 \begin_inset space ~
36417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36419 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36426 \begin_layout Subsection
36431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36440 \begin_layout Standard
36441 Inserts a program listings box.
36442 Program listings are explained in chapter
36444 Program Code Listings
36453 \begin_layout Subsection
36457 \begin_layout Standard
36458 Inserts the actual date.
36459 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36461 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36471 There the different methods are also compared.
36474 \begin_layout Section
36479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36488 \begin_layout Standard
36489 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36490 \begin_inset space ~
36493 of the current document.
36494 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36497 \begin_layout Subsection
36501 \begin_layout Standard
36502 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36503 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36506 \begin_inset space ~
36510 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36511 \begin_inset space ~
36514 2.5 and use the menu
36517 \begin_inset space ~
36521 \begin_inset space ~
36528 \begin_inset space ~
36534 \begin_inset space ~
36538 \begin_inset space ~
36544 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
36556 \begin_layout Standard
36557 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36558 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36561 \begin_layout Subsection
36562 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36565 \begin_layout Standard
36566 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36570 \begin_layout Subsection
36574 \begin_layout Standard
36575 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36576 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36577 on a cross-reference box.
36580 \begin_layout Section
36585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36594 \begin_layout Subsection
36598 \begin_layout Standard
36599 Change Tracking is described in section
36600 \begin_inset space ~
36604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36606 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36613 \begin_layout Subsection
36618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36628 \begin_layout Standard
36629 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36631 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36634 \begin_layout Standard
36635 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36640 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36643 \begin_layout Subsection
36647 \begin_layout Standard
36648 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36649 \begin_inset space ~
36653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36655 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36662 \begin_layout Subsection
36663 Start Appendix Here
36666 \begin_layout Standard
36667 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36668 position as described in section
36669 \begin_inset space ~
36673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36675 reference "sec:Appendices"
36682 \begin_layout Subsection
36686 \begin_layout Standard
36687 Un/compresses the actual document.
36690 \begin_layout Subsection
36692 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36694 name "sub:Settings"
36702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36703 Document ! Settings
36711 \begin_layout Standard
36712 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36714 You can save your document settings as default with the
36716 Save as Document Defaults
36718 button in the dialog.
36719 This will create a template named
36723 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36727 \begin_layout Standard
36728 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36731 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36735 \begin_layout Standard
36736 Here you set the document class, class options, a Postscript driver, a master
36737 document, and modules.
36738 Document classes are described in section
36739 \begin_inset space ~
36743 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36745 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36749 , modules in section
36750 \begin_inset space ~
36754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36756 reference "sub:Modules"
36761 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36766 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
36767 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36768 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is
36769 a child or subdocument.
36770 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
36781 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36785 \begin_layout Standard
36786 The document font settings are described in section
36787 \begin_inset space ~
36791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36793 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36800 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36804 \begin_layout Standard
36805 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36807 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36811 \begin_layout Standard
36812 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36813 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36814 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36817 \begin_layout Standard
36818 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36826 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36830 \begin_layout Standard
36831 A description of this menu is given in section
36832 \begin_inset space ~
36836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36838 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36845 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36852 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36856 \begin_layout Standard
36857 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36858 \begin_inset space ~
36862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36864 reference "sub:Margins"
36871 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36877 Language ! Encoding
36885 \begin_layout Standard
36886 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36887 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36888 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36889 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36890 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36891 known for a particular character).
36895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36896 The known commands are defined in a text file.
36897 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
36902 manual for details.
36910 \begin_layout Standard
36911 If you use the option
36913 use language's default encoding
36915 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
36917 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
36918 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
36919 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
36920 exactly one encoding.
36921 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36930 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36931 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36933 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36934 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36948 \begin_layout Standard
36949 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36950 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36951 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36952 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36953 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36954 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
36957 use language's default encoding
36959 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36960 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
36961 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36964 \begin_layout Standard
36965 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36968 \begin_layout Description
36970 \begin_inset space ~
36975 use language's default encoding
36977 , but the LaTeX-package
36985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36986 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36992 When using this, you probably need to load some other packages manually
36993 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
36994 languages in TeX code.
36997 \begin_layout Description
36998 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
37001 \begin_layout Description
37002 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
37003 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
37006 \begin_layout Description
37007 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
37010 \begin_layout Description
37011 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
37014 \begin_layout Description
37015 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
37018 \begin_layout Description
37019 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
37022 \begin_layout Description
37023 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
37026 \begin_layout Description
37027 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
37028 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
37031 \begin_layout Description
37032 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
37033 Serbian, and Ukrainian
37036 \begin_layout Description
37037 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
37040 \begin_layout Description
37041 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
37044 \begin_layout Description
37045 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
37048 \begin_layout Description
37049 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
37052 \begin_layout Description
37053 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
37054 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
37055 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
37059 \begin_layout Description
37060 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
37061 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
37064 \begin_layout Description
37065 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
37069 \begin_layout Description
37070 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
37073 \begin_layout Description
37074 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
37075 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
37078 \begin_layout Description
37079 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
37080 the euro currency sign, the
37084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37093 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
37094 be the replacement for latin1
37097 \begin_layout Description
37098 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
37101 \begin_layout Description
37102 utf8 Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
37110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37111 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
37117 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
37121 \begin_layout Description
37122 utf8x Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
37130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37131 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
37136 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
37139 \begin_layout Description
37140 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
37148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37149 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
37154 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
37157 \begin_layout Description
37158 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
37162 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
37170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37171 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
37172 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37186 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37190 \begin_layout Standard
37191 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
37193 \begin_inset space ~
37197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37199 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
37206 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37210 \begin_layout Standard
37211 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
37219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37220 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
37233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37234 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
37240 For a further description see section
37241 \begin_inset space ~
37245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37247 reference "sec:Bibliography"
37254 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37258 \begin_layout Standard
37259 The PDF properties are explained in section
37260 \begin_inset space ~
37264 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37266 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
37273 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37277 \begin_layout Standard
37278 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
37286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37287 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
37300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37301 LaTeX-packages ! esint
37306 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
37309 \begin_layout Standard
37314 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
37315 assure that you have enabled AMS.
37318 \begin_layout Standard
37323 is used for special integral characters.
37326 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37330 \begin_layout Standard
37331 The float placement options are described in section
37332 \begin_inset space ~
37336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37338 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
37345 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37349 \begin_layout Standard
37350 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
37351 The itemize environment is described in section
37352 \begin_inset space ~
37356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37358 reference "sec:Itemize"
37365 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37369 \begin_layout Standard
37370 Branches are described in section
37371 \begin_inset space ~
37375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37377 reference "sec:Branches"
37384 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37399 \begin_layout Standard
37400 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
37401 to define LaTeX-commands.
37402 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
37403 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
37407 \begin_layout Standard
37408 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
37409 \begin_inset space ~
37413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37415 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
37422 \begin_layout Section
37427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37436 \begin_layout Subsection
37440 \begin_layout Standard
37441 Spell checking is explained in section
37442 \begin_inset space ~
37446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37448 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37455 \begin_layout Subsection
37459 \begin_layout Standard
37460 The thesaurus is described in section
37461 \begin_inset space ~
37465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37467 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37474 \begin_layout Subsection
37479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37498 \begin_layout Standard
37499 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37500 highlighted document part.
37503 \begin_layout Subsection
37508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37517 \begin_layout Standard
37518 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37521 \begin_layout Subsection
37526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37527 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37538 Reconfiguration of LyX
37542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37559 Reconfiguration of LyX
37567 \begin_layout Standard
37568 This menu reconfigures LyX.
37569 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
37570 \begin_inset space ~
37574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37576 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37583 \begin_layout Subsection
37587 \begin_layout Standard
37588 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
37589 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37595 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37602 \begin_layout Section
37607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37616 \begin_layout Standard
37617 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37621 \begin_layout Standard
37625 \begin_inset space ~
37630 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37631 found by LyX (see also section
37632 \begin_inset space ~
37636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37638 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37645 \begin_layout Section
37647 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37649 name "sec:Toolbars"
37656 \begin_layout Standard
37657 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37658 \begin_inset space ~
37662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37664 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37671 \begin_layout Standard
37672 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37673 This is described in the
37680 \begin_layout Subsection
37685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37694 \begin_layout Standard
37695 \begin_inset Graphics
37696 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37704 \begin_layout Standard
37705 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37711 \begin_layout Standard
37712 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37729 \begin_inset Note Note
37732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37733 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37738 manual for more information.
37746 \begin_layout Standard
37747 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37753 \begin_layout Standard
37754 \begin_inset Tabular
37755 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37756 <features islongtable="true">
37757 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37758 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37764 \begin_inset Graphics
37765 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37779 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37792 \begin_layout Standard
37793 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37799 \begin_layout Standard
37801 \begin_inset Tabular
37802 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
37803 <features islongtable="true">
37804 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37805 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37806 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37813 \begin_inset Graphics
37814 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37815 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37830 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37837 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37842 \begin_inset Graphics
37843 filename ../images/file-open.png
37844 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37859 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37866 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37871 \begin_inset Graphics
37872 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37873 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37888 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37895 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37900 \begin_inset Graphics
37901 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37902 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37917 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37924 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37929 \begin_inset Graphics
37930 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37931 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37946 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37953 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37958 \begin_inset Graphics
37959 filename ../images/undo.png
37960 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37975 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37982 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37987 \begin_inset Graphics
37988 filename ../images/redo.png
37989 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38004 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38011 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38016 \begin_inset Graphics
38017 filename ../images/cut.png
38018 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38033 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38040 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38045 \begin_inset Graphics
38046 filename ../images/copy.png
38047 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38062 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38069 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38074 \begin_inset Graphics
38075 filename ../images/paste.png
38076 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38091 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38098 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38103 \begin_inset Graphics
38104 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
38105 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38106 rotateOrigin center
38115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38121 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38123 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38127 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38136 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38141 \begin_inset Graphics
38142 filename ../images/font-emph.png
38143 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38156 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
38158 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38160 \begin_inset space ~
38171 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38176 \begin_inset Graphics
38177 filename ../images/font-noun.png
38178 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38191 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
38193 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38195 \begin_inset space ~
38206 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38211 \begin_inset Graphics
38212 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
38213 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38226 Formats text using the current settings in the
38228 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38230 \begin_inset space ~
38241 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38246 \begin_inset Graphics
38247 filename ../images/math-mode.png
38248 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38263 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38264 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38266 \begin_inset space ~
38275 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38280 \begin_inset Graphics
38281 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38282 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38283 rotateOrigin center
38292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38298 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38305 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38310 \begin_inset Graphics
38311 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38312 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38313 rotateOrigin center
38322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38328 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38335 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38340 \begin_inset Graphics
38341 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38342 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38343 rotateOrigin center
38352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38356 Toggle outline window on/off,
38358 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38365 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38370 \begin_inset Graphics
38371 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38372 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38373 rotateOrigin center
38382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38386 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38392 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38397 \begin_inset Graphics
38398 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38399 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38400 rotateOrigin center
38409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38413 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38426 \begin_layout Subsection
38431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38440 \begin_layout Standard
38441 \begin_inset Graphics
38442 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38450 \begin_layout Standard
38451 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38457 \begin_layout Standard
38458 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38462 \begin_layout Standard
38463 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38469 \begin_layout Standard
38470 \begin_inset Tabular
38471 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38472 <features islongtable="true">
38473 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38474 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38475 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38480 \begin_inset Graphics
38481 filename ../images/layout.png
38482 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38483 rotateOrigin center
38492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38502 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38507 \begin_inset Graphics
38508 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38509 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38510 rotateOrigin center
38519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38529 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38534 \begin_inset Graphics
38535 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38536 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38537 rotateOrigin center
38546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38556 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38561 \begin_inset Graphics
38562 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38563 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38564 rotateOrigin center
38573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38583 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38588 \begin_inset Graphics
38589 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38590 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38591 rotateOrigin center
38600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38610 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38615 \begin_inset Graphics
38616 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38617 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38618 rotateOrigin center
38627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38633 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38635 \begin_inset space ~
38639 \begin_inset space ~
38648 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38653 \begin_inset Graphics
38654 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38655 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38656 rotateOrigin center
38665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38671 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38673 \begin_inset space ~
38677 \begin_inset space ~
38686 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38691 \begin_inset Graphics
38692 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38693 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38708 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38709 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38716 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38721 \begin_inset Graphics
38722 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38723 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38738 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38739 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38746 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38751 \begin_inset Graphics
38752 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38753 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38768 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38775 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38780 \begin_inset Graphics
38781 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38782 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38797 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38804 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38809 \begin_inset Graphics
38810 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38811 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38826 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38833 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38838 \begin_inset Graphics
38839 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38840 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38855 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38857 \begin_inset space ~
38866 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38871 \begin_inset Graphics
38872 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38873 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38888 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38890 \begin_inset space ~
38899 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38904 \begin_inset Graphics
38905 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38906 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38921 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38928 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38933 \begin_inset Graphics
38934 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38936 rotateOrigin center
38945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38951 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38953 \begin_inset space ~
38962 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38967 \begin_inset Graphics
38968 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38969 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38984 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38985 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38987 \begin_inset space ~
38996 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39001 \begin_inset Graphics
39002 filename ../images/box-insert.png
39003 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39018 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39025 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39030 \begin_inset Graphics
39031 filename ../images/url-insert.png
39032 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39047 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39054 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39059 \begin_inset Graphics
39060 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
39061 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39076 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39098 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39103 \begin_inset Graphics
39104 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
39105 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39120 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39121 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39128 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39133 \begin_inset Graphics
39134 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
39135 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39150 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39151 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39153 \begin_inset space ~
39162 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39167 \begin_inset Graphics
39168 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
39169 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39170 rotateOrigin center
39179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39185 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39187 \begin_inset space ~
39196 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39201 \begin_inset Graphics
39202 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
39203 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39204 rotateOrigin center
39213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39219 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39221 \begin_inset space ~
39230 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39235 \begin_inset Graphics
39236 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
39237 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39238 rotateOrigin center
39247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39253 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39267 \begin_layout Subsection
39268 View / Update Toolbar
39272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39273 Toolbar ! View / Update
39281 \begin_layout Standard
39282 \begin_inset Graphics
39283 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39290 \begin_layout Standard
39291 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39297 \begin_layout Standard
39298 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39302 \begin_layout Standard
39303 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39309 \begin_layout Standard
39310 \begin_inset Tabular
39311 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39312 <features islongtable="true">
39313 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39314 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39315 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39320 \begin_inset Graphics
39321 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39322 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39323 rotateOrigin center
39332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39338 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39345 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39350 \begin_inset Graphics
39351 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39352 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39353 rotateOrigin center
39362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39368 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39369 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39376 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39381 \begin_inset Graphics
39382 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39383 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39384 rotateOrigin center
39393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39399 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39406 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39411 \begin_inset Graphics
39412 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39413 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39414 rotateOrigin center
39423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39429 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39430 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39437 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39442 \begin_inset Graphics
39443 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39444 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39445 rotateOrigin center
39454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39460 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39467 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39472 \begin_inset Graphics
39473 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39474 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39475 rotateOrigin center
39484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39490 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39491 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39505 \begin_layout Subsection
39509 \begin_layout Standard
39510 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39511 \begin_inset space ~
39515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39517 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39521 , the table toolbar
39525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39535 manual, the math macro toolbar in the
39542 \begin_layout Chapter
39548 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39550 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39567 \begin_layout Standard
39568 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39570 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39574 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39577 \begin_layout Section
39581 \begin_layout Subsection
39585 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39586 User Interface File
39590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39591 Customization ! of toolbars
39600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39601 Customization ! of menus
39609 \begin_layout Standard
39610 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39618 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
39627 \begin_layout Standard
39628 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39629 interface (ui) file.
39630 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39631 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39640 Both files are loaded by the
39645 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39646 files and edit the entries.
39649 \begin_layout Standard
39650 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39662 entries must be ended with an explicit
39687 and in the case of the
39688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39700 The syntax for the entries is:
39703 \begin_layout Standard
39704 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39732 \begin_layout Standard
39734 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39737 All LyX-functions are listed in
39738 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39747 \begin_layout Standard
39748 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39754 \begin_layout Standard
39755 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39757 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39760 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39764 \begin_layout Standard
39765 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39770 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39773 \begin_layout Standard
39775 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39778 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39781 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39785 \begin_layout Standard
39789 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39793 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39796 restoring of window layout and geometries
39798 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
39799 in the last LyX session.
39802 \begin_layout Standard
39805 Restore cursor positions
39807 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39811 \begin_layout Standard
39814 Load opened files from last session
39816 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39819 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39821 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39823 name "sub:Backup documents"
39831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39840 \begin_layout Standard
39845 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39848 \begin_layout Standard
39853 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39856 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39858 \begin_inset space ~
39866 \begin_layout Subsection
39871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39878 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39880 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39887 \begin_layout Standard
39888 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39891 \begin_layout Standard
39892 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39900 This section only deals with the fonts
39905 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39908 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39909 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39920 \begin_layout Standard
39921 By default, LyX uses
39925 as roman (serif) font,
39933 (depends on the system) as
39936 \begin_inset space ~
39952 \begin_layout Standard
39953 You can change the font size with the
39958 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
39959 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
39962 \begin_layout Standard
39967 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39968 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39970 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39973 points have the size of 1
39974 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39978 \begin_inset space ~
39982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39984 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39991 \begin_layout Standard
39996 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39997 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40001 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40002 \begin_inset space ~
40006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40008 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40015 \begin_layout Standard
40018 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40020 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40021 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40022 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40023 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40025 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40026 \begin_inset space ~
40032 \begin_layout Subsection
40037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40056 \begin_layout Standard
40057 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40058 Choose an item in the list and use the
40065 \begin_layout Subsection
40070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40071 Settings ! Graphics
40079 \begin_layout Standard
40080 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40083 \begin_layout Standard
40088 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40089 This feature is described in section
40090 \begin_inset space ~
40094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40096 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40103 \begin_layout Section
40108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40117 \begin_layout Subsection
40121 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40125 \begin_layout Standard
40128 Cursor follows scrollbar
40130 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40134 \begin_layout Standard
40137 Sort environments alphabetically
40139 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40142 \begin_layout Standard
40145 Group environments by their category
40147 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40150 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40154 \begin_layout Standard
40155 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40160 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40161 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40165 \begin_layout Subsection
40170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40181 Settings ! Shortcuts
40189 \begin_layout Standard
40190 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
40191 Several binding files are available:
40194 \begin_layout Description
40195 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40198 \begin_layout Description
40199 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40210 \begin_layout Description
40211 mac.bind set of bindings for
40214 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40222 \begin_layout Standard
40223 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40227 , and bind files for special languages.
40228 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
40230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40238 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40242 \begin_layout Standard
40243 Some bind-files, like
40247 , have only a small scope.
40248 When looking at the the end of the file
40252 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40255 \begin_layout Standard
40256 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
40257 s with a text editor.
40258 The syntax of the entries is:
40261 \begin_layout Standard
40267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40285 \begin_layout Standard
40286 All LyX-functions are listed in
40287 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40296 \begin_layout Subsection
40298 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40302 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40306 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40308 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40327 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40335 \begin_layout Standard
40336 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40337 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40339 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40343 \begin_inset space ~
40346 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40347 can use the keyboard map file named
40354 \begin_layout Standard
40355 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40363 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40371 \begin_layout Section
40376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40395 \begin_layout Description
40397 \begin_inset space ~
40400 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40401 It is the default when you
40412 \begin_inset space ~
40420 \begin_layout Description
40422 \begin_inset space ~
40425 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40427 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40429 \begin_inset space ~
40433 \begin_inset space ~
40441 \begin_layout Description
40443 \begin_inset space ~
40450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40456 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40457 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40458 \begin_inset space ~
40462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40464 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40472 will be used to save the backups.
40473 \begin_inset Newline newline
40476 The backup files have the ending
40477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40487 \begin_layout Description
40492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40499 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40500 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40501 \begin_inset Newline newline
40505 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40513 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40521 \begin_layout Description
40523 \begin_inset space ~
40526 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
40529 \begin_layout Description
40531 \begin_inset space ~
40534 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
40535 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
40536 to find it on the system.
40537 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
40538 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
40540 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40544 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40547 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
40548 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40552 \begin_layout Section
40556 \begin_layout Standard
40557 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40558 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40560 \begin_inset space ~
40564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40566 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40570 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40573 \begin_layout Section
40578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40579 Language ! Settings
40588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40589 Settings ! Language
40597 \begin_layout Subsection
40601 \begin_layout Description
40603 \begin_inset space ~
40606 language is the language used in new documents
40609 \begin_layout Description
40611 \begin_inset space ~
40614 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40616 The default is the LaTeX-command
40622 that loads the package
40630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40631 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40632 \begin_inset space ~
40636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40638 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40648 \begin_inset Newline newline
40655 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40656 the document language.
40657 A text label is for instance the word
40658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40665 at the beginning of every table-caption.
40668 \begin_layout Description
40670 \begin_inset space ~
40673 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40674 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40675 An example is the start command
40681 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40686 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40701 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40706 \begin_layout Description
40708 \begin_inset space ~
40716 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40717 command toggles the package on and off.
40720 \begin_layout Description
40722 \begin_inset space ~
40732 \begin_layout Description
40733 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
40734 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
40735 used by all LaTeX-packages.
40736 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
40743 \begin_layout Description
40745 \begin_inset space ~
40748 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
40750 When this option is not set, the
40753 \begin_inset space ~
40758 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
40759 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
40762 \begin_inset space ~
40770 \begin_layout Description
40772 \begin_inset space ~
40778 \begin_inset space ~
40784 When it is not set, the
40787 \begin_inset space ~
40792 is set to the end of the document.
40795 \begin_layout Description
40797 \begin_inset space ~
40801 \begin_inset space ~
40804 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
40805 language will be underlined blue.
40808 \begin_layout Description
40810 \begin_inset space ~
40814 \begin_inset space ~
40818 \begin_inset space ~
40822 \begin_inset space ~
40825 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
40829 \begin_layout Subsection
40833 \begin_layout Standard
40834 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
40835 \begin_inset space ~
40839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40841 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40848 \begin_layout Section
40852 \begin_layout Subsection
40854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40883 \begin_layout Description
40885 \begin_inset space ~
40888 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
40889 The name will be used when the
40894 \begin_inset Newline newline
40898 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40906 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
40915 \begin_layout Description
40917 \begin_inset space ~
40921 \begin_inset space ~
40925 \begin_inset space ~
40928 printer This option works only for the
40933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40945 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
40946 This is an option only for dvips experts.
40949 \begin_layout Description
40951 \begin_inset space ~
40954 command is the command LyX
40955 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40959 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40962 LaTeX uses for printing.
40963 The default is on most systems
40970 \begin_layout Description
40972 \begin_inset space ~
40976 \begin_inset space ~
40979 Options Here you can specify printer options.
40980 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
40981 of the program that provides the
40988 \begin_layout Subsection
40993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41004 Settings ! Date format
41012 \begin_layout Standard
41013 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41014 \begin_inset Newline newline
41018 \begin_inset Flex URL
41021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41023 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41029 \begin_inset Newline newline
41032 For example the format
41033 \begin_inset Newline newline
41037 \begin_inset Newline newline
41040 prints the date as day/month/year.
41043 \begin_layout Subsection
41047 \begin_layout Description
41049 \begin_inset space ~
41053 \begin_inset space ~
41056 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41059 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41060 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41062 \begin_inset space ~
41068 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41072 \begin_layout Description
41074 \begin_inset space ~
41077 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41082 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41083 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41086 \begin_layout Subsection
41091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41099 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41101 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41118 \begin_layout Description
41123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41131 \begin_inset space ~
41134 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41139 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41161 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41174 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41175 LyX sets up in the background.
41176 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41179 \begin_layout Description
41181 \begin_inset space ~
41185 \begin_inset space ~
41188 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41193 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41196 \begin_layout Description
41198 \begin_inset space ~
41202 \begin_inset space ~
41206 \begin_inset space ~
41210 \begin_inset space ~
41214 \begin_inset space ~
41218 \begin_inset space ~
41221 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41223 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41226 dialog when changing the document class.
41229 \begin_layout Standard
41232 External Applications
41234 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41235 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
41236 manuals of the applications.
41237 Currently the following commands can be set:
41240 \begin_layout Description
41245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41253 \begin_inset space ~
41256 command Command for the program
41260 that is described in section
41271 \begin_layout Description
41276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41284 \begin_inset space ~
41287 command Command for the program
41291 that generates the bibliography, see section
41292 \begin_inset space ~
41296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41298 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41305 \begin_layout Description
41307 \begin_inset space ~
41310 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41311 \begin_inset space ~
41315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41317 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41324 \begin_layout Description
41326 \begin_inset space ~
41330 \begin_inset space ~
41334 \begin_inset space ~
41338 \begin_inset space ~
41341 options They only have an effect when the program
41345 is used as DVI-viewer.
41348 \begin_layout Subsection
41353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41372 \begin_layout Standard
41377 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
41380 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
41382 uses the Windows path style:
41385 \begin_layout Standard
41393 \begin_layout Standard
41394 instead of the Unix path style:
41397 \begin_layout Standard
41401 \begin_layout Section
41406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41415 \begin_layout Standard
41416 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41417 from one format to another.
41418 You can modify them or create new ones.
41419 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41426 \begin_inset space ~
41436 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41440 \begin_inset space ~
41445 drop-down list, modify the
41449 field, and press the
41456 \begin_layout Standard
41459 Converter File Cache
41461 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
41464 Maximum Age (in days
41467 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
41468 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
41471 \begin_layout Standard
41472 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
41473 the converter definition, is described in section
41484 \begin_layout Section
41489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41498 name "sec:File-Formats"
41505 \begin_layout Standard
41506 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
41507 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
41509 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
41517 \begin_inset space ~
41529 \begin_layout Standard
41530 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
41531 is described in section
41542 \begin_layout Section
41547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41556 \begin_layout Standard
41557 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
41558 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
41559 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
41560 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
41561 This is done by a Copier.
41564 \begin_layout Standard
41565 More about converters is described in section
41576 \begin_layout Chapter
41577 Units available in LyX
41581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41590 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41597 \begin_layout Standard
41598 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41599 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41601 reference "cap:Units"
41605 explains all units available in LyX.
41608 \begin_layout Standard
41609 \begin_inset Float table
41615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41616 \begin_inset Caption
41618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41634 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41642 \begin_inset Tabular
41643 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41645 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41646 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41742 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41746 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41770 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41774 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41797 scaled point (65536
41798 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41802 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41826 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41830 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41858 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
41862 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41886 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41890 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41913 % of original image width
41920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42102 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42106 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42127 \begin_layout Chapter
42129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42138 \begin_layout Standard
42139 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42140 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42143 \begin_layout Itemize
42146 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42149 \begin_layout Itemize
42155 \begin_layout Itemize
42161 \begin_layout Itemize
42167 \begin_layout Itemize
42173 \begin_layout Itemize
42179 \begin_layout Itemize
42185 \begin_layout Itemize
42191 \begin_layout Itemize
42194 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42197 \begin_layout Itemize
42203 \begin_layout Itemize
42209 \begin_layout Itemize
42215 \begin_layout Itemize
42221 \begin_layout Itemize
42227 \begin_layout Itemize
42233 \begin_layout Itemize
42239 \begin_layout Itemize
42245 \begin_layout Itemize
42247 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42256 \begin_layout Standard
42257 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42260 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42267 \begin_layout Bibliography
42268 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42269 LatexCommand bibitem
42276 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42279 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42284 \begin_inset Newline newline
42288 \begin_inset Flex URL
42291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42293 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42301 \begin_layout Bibliography
42302 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42303 LatexCommand bibitem
42304 key "latexcompanion"
42308 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42310 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42313 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42316 \begin_layout Bibliography
42317 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42318 LatexCommand bibitem
42323 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42326 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42329 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42332 \begin_layout Bibliography
42333 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42334 LatexCommand bibitem
42341 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42344 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42347 \begin_layout Bibliography
42348 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42349 LatexCommand bibitem
42361 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42364 \begin_layout Bibliography
42365 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42366 LatexCommand bibitem
42372 \begin_inset Newline newline
42376 \begin_inset Flex URL
42379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42381 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42389 \begin_layout Bibliography
42390 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42391 LatexCommand bibitem
42397 \begin_inset Newline newline
42401 \begin_inset Flex URL
42404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42406 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42414 \begin_layout Bibliography
42415 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42416 LatexCommand bibitem
42422 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42424 name "Documentation"
42425 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
42434 \begin_inset Newline newline
42438 \begin_inset Flex URL
42441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42443 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
42451 \begin_layout Bibliography
42452 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42453 LatexCommand bibitem
42459 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42461 name "Documentation"
42462 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
42471 \begin_inset Newline newline
42475 \begin_inset Flex URL
42478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42480 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
42488 \begin_layout Bibliography
42489 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42490 LatexCommand bibitem
42496 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42498 name "Documentation"
42499 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
42503 of the LaTeX-package
42511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42512 LaTeX-packages ! caption
42518 \begin_inset Newline newline
42522 \begin_inset Flex URL
42525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42527 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
42535 \begin_layout Bibliography
42536 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42537 LatexCommand bibitem
42543 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42545 name "Documentation"
42546 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
42550 of the LaTeX-package
42558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42559 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
42565 \begin_inset Newline newline
42569 \begin_inset Flex URL
42572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42574 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
42582 \begin_layout Bibliography
42583 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42584 LatexCommand bibitem
42592 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42594 name "Documentation"
42595 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
42601 of the LaTeX-package
42609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42610 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
42616 \begin_inset Newline newline
42620 \begin_inset Flex URL
42623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42625 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
42633 \begin_layout Bibliography
42634 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42635 LatexCommand bibitem
42641 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42643 name "Documentation"
42644 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
42648 of the LaTeX-package
42656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42657 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
42663 \begin_inset Newline newline
42667 \begin_inset Flex URL
42670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42672 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
42680 \begin_layout Bibliography
42681 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42682 LatexCommand bibitem
42688 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42690 name "Documentation"
42691 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
42695 of the LaTeX-package
42703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42704 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
42710 \begin_inset Newline newline
42714 \begin_inset Flex URL
42717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42719 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
42727 \begin_layout Bibliography
42728 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42729 LatexCommand bibitem
42735 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42737 name "Documentation"
42738 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
42742 of the LaTeX-package
42750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42751 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
42757 \begin_inset Newline newline
42761 \begin_inset Flex URL
42764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42766 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
42774 \begin_layout Bibliography
42775 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42776 LatexCommand bibitem
42782 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42785 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
42789 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
42790 \begin_inset Newline newline
42794 \begin_inset Flex URL
42797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42799 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
42807 \begin_layout Bibliography
42808 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42809 LatexCommand bibitem
42815 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42818 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
42822 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
42823 \begin_inset Newline newline
42827 \begin_inset Flex URL
42830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42832 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
42840 \begin_layout Bibliography
42841 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42842 LatexCommand bibitem
42848 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42851 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
42855 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
42856 \begin_inset Newline newline
42860 \begin_inset Flex URL
42863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42865 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
42873 \begin_layout Bibliography
42874 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42875 LatexCommand bibitem
42881 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42884 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
42888 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
42889 \begin_inset Newline newline
42893 \begin_inset Flex URL
42896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42898 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
42906 \begin_layout Bibliography
42907 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42908 LatexCommand bibitem
42914 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42917 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
42921 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
42922 \begin_inset Newline newline
42926 \begin_inset Flex URL
42929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42931 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
42939 \begin_layout Bibliography
42940 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42941 LatexCommand bibitem
42947 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42950 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
42954 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
42955 \begin_inset Newline newline
42959 \begin_inset Flex URL
42962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42964 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
42972 \begin_layout Bibliography
42973 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42974 LatexCommand bibitem
42980 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42983 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
42987 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
42988 \begin_inset Newline newline
42992 \begin_inset Flex URL
42995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42997 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43005 \begin_layout Bibliography
43006 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43007 LatexCommand bibitem
43013 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43016 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43020 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43021 \begin_inset Newline newline
43025 \begin_inset Flex URL
43028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43030 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43038 \begin_layout Bibliography
43039 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43040 LatexCommand bibitem
43046 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43049 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43053 about new features in
43058 \begin_inset Newline newline
43062 \begin_inset Flex URL
43065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43067 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43075 \begin_layout Standard
43076 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43110 \begin_inset Note Note
43113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43120 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43121 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43122 bibliography is the second one:
43130 \begin_layout Standard
43131 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43132 LatexCommand bibtex
43133 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43134 options "biblio/alphadin"
43141 \begin_layout Standard
43142 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43145 \begin_layout Standard
43148 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43149 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43154 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43155 LatexCommand printindex